RbiSearchHeader

Press escape key to go back

Past Searches

Theme
Theme
Text Size
Text Size
S3

RbiAnnouncementWeb

RBI Announcements
RBI Announcements

FAQ DetailPage Breadcrumb

RbiFaqsSearchFilter

Content Type:

Category Facet

Category

Custom Facet

ddm__keyword__26256231__FaqDetailPage2Title_en_US

Search Results

Clarifications to Queries on Guidelines for Licensing of New Banks in the Private Sector

In providing the clarifications, an attempt has been made to assist potential applicants in understanding the terms of the guidelines. The clarifications are specific to the queries and must be read in the overall context of the guidelines.

It is not necessary that individual alongwith his related parties have shareholding in the NOFHC. However, if any individual belonging to the Promoter Group chooses to become a promoter of the NOFHC, he along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956) and along with entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares can hold voting equity shares not exceeding 10 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC. [para 2 ( C ) (ii) (a) of the guidelines]
It is not necessary that individual alongwith his related parties have shareholding in the NOFHC. However, if any individual belonging to the Promoter Group chooses to become a promoter of the NOFHC, he along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956) and along with entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares can hold voting equity shares not exceeding 10 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC. [para 2 ( C ) (ii) (a) of the guidelines]
It is not necessary that individual alongwith his related parties have shareholding in the NOFHC. However, if any individual belonging to the Promoter Group chooses to become a promoter of the NOFHC, he along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956) and along with entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares can hold voting equity shares not exceeding 10 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC. [para 2 ( C ) (ii) (a) of the guidelines]
It is not necessary that individual alongwith his related parties have shareholding in the NOFHC. However, if any individual belonging to the Promoter Group chooses to become a promoter of the NOFHC, he along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956) and along with entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares can hold voting equity shares not exceeding 10 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC. [para 2 ( C ) (ii) (a) of the guidelines]
No. The requirement is that not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC shall be held by companies in the Promoter Group, in which the public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity of such companies. If 10 independent individuals form a Group, then such a Group cannot satisfy the above criteria laid down for holding the NOFHC. Additionally, such newly formed Promoter Group would not be able to meet one of the ‘Fit and Proper’ criteria, which requires Promoters/Promoter Groups to have a successful track record of running their business for at least 10 years. Essentially, the intention is that existing groups should set up banks and not groups set up for this purpose. However, it is clarified that individuals belonging to the Promoter Group can participate in the voting equity shares of NOFHC. While any such individual along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956) and along with entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, can hold voting equity shares not exceeding 10 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC, all such individuals (along with their relatives and companies as specified above) irrespective of their numbers, cannot hold more than 49 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC (since the companies forming part of the Promoter Group whereof companies in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC).[ para 2 ( C ) (ii) (a) and (b) of the guidelines]
No. The requirement is that not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC shall be held by companies in the Promoter Group, in which the public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity of such companies. If 10 independent individuals form a Group, then such a Group cannot satisfy the above criteria laid down for holding the NOFHC. Additionally, such newly formed Promoter Group would not be able to meet one of the ‘Fit and Proper’ criteria, which requires Promoters/Promoter Groups to have a successful track record of running their business for at least 10 years. Essentially, the intention is that existing groups should set up banks and not groups set up for this purpose. However, it is clarified that individuals belonging to the Promoter Group can participate in the voting equity shares of NOFHC. While any such individual along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956) and along with entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, can hold voting equity shares not exceeding 10 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC, all such individuals (along with their relatives and companies as specified above) irrespective of their numbers, cannot hold more than 49 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC (since the companies forming part of the Promoter Group whereof companies in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC).[ para 2 ( C ) (ii) (a) and (b) of the guidelines]
No. The requirement is that not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC shall be held by companies in the Promoter Group, in which the public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity of such companies. If 10 independent individuals form a Group, then such a Group cannot satisfy the above criteria laid down for holding the NOFHC. Additionally, such newly formed Promoter Group would not be able to meet one of the ‘Fit and Proper’ criteria, which requires Promoters/Promoter Groups to have a successful track record of running their business for at least 10 years. Essentially, the intention is that existing groups should set up banks and not groups set up for this purpose. However, it is clarified that individuals belonging to the Promoter Group can participate in the voting equity shares of NOFHC. While any such individual along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956) and along with entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, can hold voting equity shares not exceeding 10 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC, all such individuals (along with their relatives and companies as specified above) irrespective of their numbers, cannot hold more than 49 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC (since the companies forming part of the Promoter Group whereof companies in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC).[ para 2 ( C ) (ii) (a) and (b) of the guidelines]

A.(8 to 13) The requirement is that the companies in the Promoter Group in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC.[ para 2 (C) (ii) (b) of the guidelines]

A company in which public holds 51 per cent need not necessarily be listed. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company.

The requirement is that the companies in the Promoter Group in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC.[ para 2 (C) (ii) (b) of the guidelines] A company in which public holds 51 per cent need not necessarily be listed. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company.
The requirement is that the companies in the Promoter Group in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC.[ para 2 (C) (ii) (b) of the guidelines] A company in which public holds 51 per cent need not necessarily be listed. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company.
The requirement is that the companies in the Promoter Group in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC.[ para 2 (C) (ii) (b) of the guidelines]
The requirement is that the companies in the Promoter Group in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC.[ para 2 (C) (ii) (b) of the guidelines] A company in which public holds 51 per cent need not necessarily be listed. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company.
The requirement is that the companies in the Promoter Group in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC.[ para 2 (C) (ii) (b) of the guidelines] A company in which public holds 51 per cent need not necessarily be listed. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company.
A. Yes. The condition (not less than 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC to be held by the companies in the Promoter Group, which have not less than 51 percent public shareholding) is applicable to the companies in the Promoter Groups in the private sector that are ‘owned and controlled by residents’[as defined in Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion(DIPP) Press Note No.2, 3 and 4 of 2009/FEMA Regulations as amended from time to time].However, such a company need not necessarily be listed.[para 2 (A) and (C) (ii) of the guidelines]
A. The NOFHC has to be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group. However, at least 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC have to be held by companies in the Promoter Group in which public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity of those companies.[para 2 (C) (ii) (b) of the guidelines]
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.

At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.

At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.

At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.

At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC [para 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines] within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of the bank, the actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
All regulated financial services entities of the Promoters/Promoter Group in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held by a NOFHC. Regarding financial groups setting up banks, the existing NBFC must transfer all regulated financial services business to a new company and shares in that new company must be held by the NOFHC. Conversion of the NBFC into a non operating holding company would enable meeting the requirement of para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines provided the listed non operating holding company meets the requirement of para(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines i.e. the public hold not less than 51 percent voting equity shares in the company.
All regulated financial services entities of the Promoters/Promoter Group in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held by a NOFHC. Regarding financial groups setting up banks, the existing NBFC must transfer all regulated financial services business to a new company and shares in that new company must be held by the NOFHC. Conversion of the NBFC into a non operating holding company would enable meeting the requirement of para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines provided the listed non operating holding company meets the requirement of para(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines i.e. the public hold not less than 51 percent voting equity shares in the company.
All regulated financial services entities of the Promoters/Promoter Group in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held by a NOFHC. Regarding financial groups setting up banks, the existing NBFC must transfer all regulated financial services business to a new company and shares in that new company must be held by the NOFHC. Conversion of the NBFC into a non operating holding company would enable meeting the requirement of para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines provided the listed non operating holding company meets the requirement of para(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines i.e. the public hold not less than 51 percent voting equity shares in the company.
All regulated financial services entities of the Promoters/Promoter Group in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held by a NOFHC. Regarding financial groups setting up banks, the existing NBFC must transfer all regulated financial services business to a new company and shares in that new company must be held by the NOFHC. Conversion of the NBFC into a non operating holding company would enable meeting the requirement of para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines provided the listed non operating holding company meets the requirement of para(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines i.e. the public hold not less than 51 percent voting equity shares in the company.
All regulated financial services entities of the Promoters/Promoter Group in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held by a NOFHC. Regarding financial groups setting up banks, the existing NBFC must transfer all regulated financial services business to a new company and shares in that new company must be held by the NOFHC. Conversion of the NBFC into a non operating holding company would enable meeting the requirement of para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines provided the listed non operating holding company meets the requirement of para(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines i.e. the public hold not less than 51 percent voting equity shares in the company.
All regulated financial services entities of the Promoters/Promoter Group in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held by a NOFHC. Regarding financial groups setting up banks, the existing NBFC must transfer all regulated financial services business to a new company and shares in that new company must be held by the NOFHC. Conversion of the NBFC into a non operating holding company would enable meeting the requirement of para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines provided the listed non operating holding company meets the requirement of para(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines i.e. the public hold not less than 51 percent voting equity shares in the company.
A. Under all circumstances at least 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC shall be held by companies in the Promoter Group, in which public shareholding is not less than 51 percent.[para 2 (C) (ii) (b) of the guidelines]
A. Non-voting equity shares are not a part of the guidelines, but are subject to relevant laws/ SEBI guidelines. Non-voting capital will not be reckoned for the purpose of calculation of promoter shareholding in the NOFHC/ bank.
The entities/individuals belonging to the Promoters/Promoter Group, which would participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC, would have to provide theMemorandum and Articles of Association, financial statements for past ten years and IT returns for last three years, as appropriate, at the time of submission of their application. The last available financial statements in respect of other Group entities, which do not participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC will also have to be furnished. The details of the Promoters’ direct and indirect interest in various entities/companies/industries and details of credit/other facilities availed by the Promoters/Promoter Group would be required of all entities. [ para 3 of Annex II to the guidelines]
The entities/individuals belonging to the Promoters/Promoter Group, which would participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC, would have to provide theMemorandum and Articles of Association, financial statements for past ten years and IT returns for last three years, as appropriate, at the time of submission of their application. The last available financial statements in respect of other Group entities, which do not participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC will also have to be furnished. The details of the Promoters’ direct and indirect interest in various entities/companies/industries and details of credit/other facilities availed by the Promoters/Promoter Group would be required of all entities. [ para 3 of Annex II to the guidelines]
A. The NOFHC has to be wholly owned by a single Promoter/Promoter Group ( as per the definition given in the Annex I to the guidelines) and the pattern of shareholding would be as per the provisions laid down at para 2 ( C ) ( ii ) & ( iii) of the guidelines. Two or more separate Groups cannot combine together to set up a NOFHC.
A. A Group which does not have any company or which will not be able to have a company with public shareholding of not less than 51 per cent cannot apply for banking licence, since at least 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC have to be held by companies in the Promoter Group, in which public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares. If the Promoter Group has a company in which public holding is not less than 51 per cent, at least 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC is required to be held by that company. It is not necessary that all Group companies in which public shareholding is not less than 51% should be shareholders of the NOFHC [para 2 (C) (ii)(b) of the guidelines].
A. No. No non-resident shareholder, directly or indirectly, individually or in group through subsidiary, associate or joint venture will be permitted to hold 5 per cent or more in the paid up voting equity capital of the bank for a period of 5 years from the commencement of the business of the bank. [ para 2 (F) of the guidelines ]
A. No.It is not envisaged that all the companies in the Promoter Group have to set up the wholly owned NOFHC. As provided in para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines, only the non-financial services companies/entities and non-operative financial holding companies in the Promoter Group and individuals belonging to Promoter Group, conforming to the stipulation in para 2(C)(ii)(a) and (b), will be allowed to hold the shares of NOFHC. Further, para 2(C)(vii) requires that all the regulated financial services entities, in which the Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’, (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) shall be held by the NOFHC, and that, such entities cannot hold shares in the NOFHC [para 2 (C) (iii) & (vii)].
A. The Promoters/Promoter Group cannot set up a bank directly. They have to first set up a wholly owned NOFHC, which will hold the bank and other regulated financial services entities/companies in which the Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard-23).NOFHC could be set-up with equity participation by a sub-set of non-financial services companies/entities/individuals and non-operative financial holding companies in the Promoter Group provided the equity participation is in conformity with the stipulation at para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines.
A. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to first set up a wholly owned NOFHC for holding the bank. They cannot set up a bank directly. In case, some entities/companies in the Promoter Group having ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard-23) in regulated or unregulated financial services activities do not wish to participate in the voting equity of the NOFHC, they can do so. However, the regulated financial services entities, in which the companies in the Promoter Group have ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard-23), have to come under the NOFHC. The unregulated financial services activities/entities of the Promoter Group cannot come under the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (i), (ii), (iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]
A. Yes. All the regulated financial services entities in which the Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will have to be brought under the NOFHC as subsidiaries, or associates or joint ventures. [para 2 (C) (iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]
A. The overall track record of the Promoters/Promoter Group for at least 10 years will be seen in all its activities both financial and non-financial. If some, but not all, companies forming part of the Promoter Group have been in existence for less than 10
A. The requirement that Promoters / Promoter Group should have a past record of sound credentials and integrity as a part of ‘Fit and Proper’ criteria is a matter of overall judgment and no indicative criteria can be spelt out. [para 2 (B) of the guidelines]
A. No. NOFHC is to be wholly-owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group. Therefore, it cannot be a listed company. [para 2 (C) (i) of the guidelines]
The shares of NOFHC can be held by individuals, corporate entities and companies belonging to the Promoter Group. An LLP and trust do not fall under any of these categories. Therefore, an LLP or trust cannot hold voting equity shares directly in the NOFHC but can hold indirectly through a company in the Promoter Group which holds voting equity shares of the NOFHC.
The shares of NOFHC can be held by individuals, corporate entities and companies belonging to the Promoter Group. An LLP and trust do not fall under any of these categories. Therefore, an LLP or trust cannot hold voting equity shares directly in the NOFHC but can hold indirectly through a company in the Promoter Group which holds voting equity shares of the NOFHC.
A. The overall track record of the Promoters/Promoter Group for at least 10 years will be seen. If the Promoters/Promoter Group incorporates a new CIC for the purpose of holding shares in the NOFHC, the track record of the Promoters/Promoter Group setting up the CIC will be seen. [para 2 (B) (b) of the guidelines]
A. Promoter Group for the purpose of these guidelines will be as per the definition given in Annex I to the guidelines.
A. Merely holding 10 per cent of the free float in the listed CIC would not make the investor a Promoter. If the investor does not form a part of the Promoters/Promoter Group as per the definition given in Annex I to the guidelines, he would not be considered as a Promoter.
A. It is essential that clause (b) of para 2(C)(ii) (i.e. not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC to be held by companies in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares) is satisfied in all cases, whereas clause (a) of para 2(C) (ii) does not stipulate any minimum shareholding. Accordingly, it is not necessary that an individual, along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and along with entities in which he and/or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares should hold shares in the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines]
A. Yes. It would be possible for an individual belonging to the Promoter Group, along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and along with entities in which he and/or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of voting equity shares, to have significant holdings in other Promoter Group companies in which the public holds not less than 51 per cent of voting equity shares.
A company in which public holds 51 per cent need not necessarily be listed. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company.[para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines]
A company in which public holds 51 per cent need not necessarily be listed. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company.[para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines]
Yes, to the extent permissible under the relevant laws. However, it will not be reckoned for the purpose of calculation of promoter shareholding in the NOFHC.
Yes, to the extent permissible under the relevant laws. However, it will not be reckoned for the purpose of calculation of promoter shareholding in the NOFHC.
A. The percentage holding of the NOFHC/bank will be computed with reference to the date of the investment.
A. As per Para 2 C (vii) of the guidelines, only the regulated financial sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC. Thus, the NOFHC does not need to wholly own the regulated financial services entities and direct participation in such entities by non-Promoter Group individuals/ companies is permitted. The pattern of shareholding and the capital requirements in the regulated financial services entities held by the NOFHC shall be as prescribed by the respective sectoral regulators. The FDI limits in such entities would be as per extant FDI policy of the Government of India/ Notifications issued under FEMA. As regards the bank, the foreign shareholding would be as per para 2 (F) of the guidelines.
A. The bank as well as the other financial services entities in which the Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) and that are regulated by RBI or other financial sector regulators will have to be necessarily held under the NOFHC. If any financial service is not regulated by RBI or any of the other financial sector regulators, any entity in the Promoter Group providing such service, cannot come under the NOFHC. The Promoter Group will not be required to divest its holdings in such entities. [para 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]
A. If a Promoter Group entity rendering outsourced services is regulated by any of the financial sector regulators, it would come under the NOFHC. If the said entity is not regulated by any of the financial sector regulators, it cannot come under the NOFHC. The position remains the same irrespective of whether the outsourced services are provided to the regulated financial services entities of the group or to other group entities, including non financial services entities or to non-group entities. [para 2 (C) (vii) of the guidelines]
Para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines provide that only non-financial services companies/entities and non-operative financial holding company in the Group and individuals belonging to Promoter Group will be allowed to hold shares in the NOFHC. Accordingly, a non-operative financial holding company though regulated by RBI will remain outside NOFHC. NBFC (Investment Companies) which hold/deal in equity shares of Promoter Group Companies cannot be under the NOFHC because, in terms of para 2 (I) (IV) (a) of the Guidelines, the financial entities held by NOFHC shall not have any credit and investment (including investments in the equity/debt capital instruments) exposure to the Promoters/Promoter Group entities or individuals associated with the Promoter Group or the NOFHC. Therefore, NBFC (Investment Companies), which would include CICs and other non-operative holding companies, would remain outside NOFHC. However, if there are investments in voting equity shares of regulated financial sector entities in which the Group has significant influence or control, such entities will have to be brought under the NOFHC. ‘Investment Company’ as defined under para 2(I)(vi) of the Non-Banking Financial Companies Acceptance of Public Deposits (Reserve Bank) Direction, 1998, means any company which is a financial institution carrying on, as its principal business, the acquisition of securities.
Para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines provide that only non-financial services companies/entities and non-operative financial holding company in the Group and individuals belonging to Promoter Group will be allowed to hold shares in the NOFHC. Accordingly, a non-operative financial holding company though regulated by RBI will remain outside NOFHC. NBFC (Investment Companies) which hold/deal in equity shares of Promoter Group Companies cannot be under the NOFHC because, in terms of para 2 (I) (IV) (a) of the Guidelines, the financial entities held by NOFHC shall not have any credit and investment (including investments in the equity/debt capital instruments) exposure to the Promoters/Promoter Group entities or individuals associated with the Promoter Group or the NOFHC. Therefore, NBFC (Investment Companies), which would include CICs and other non-operative holding companies, would remain outside NOFHC. However, if there are investments in voting equity shares of regulated financial sector entities in which the Group has significant influence or control, such entities will have to be brought under the NOFHC. ‘Investment Company’ as defined under para 2(I)(vi) of the Non-Banking Financial Companies Acceptance of Public Deposits (Reserve Bank) Direction, 1998, means any company which is a financial institution carrying on, as its principal business, the acquisition of securities.
It is not necessary that a NOFHC should be held only by non-financial services companies/ entities. It can be held by a CIC or a non-operating holding company. The regulated financial business / entities of the holding company, if any, cannot remain with the holding company. It has to come under the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]
It is not necessary that a NOFHC should be held only by non-financial services companies/ entities. It can be held by a CIC or a non-operating holding company. The regulated financial business / entities of the holding company, if any, cannot remain with the holding company. It has to come under the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]

A. a (i) There would be no relaxation for the pattern of shareholding in the NOFHC with regard to the provisions at the para 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines

(ii) For the purpose of these guidelines, NBFC (Investment Companies) (which would include CIC and a non-operative holding company) would be held outside the purview of the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]. The regulated financial business/entities of the holding company, if any, cannot remain with the holding company. It has to come under the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]

(iii) In the case of other NBFCs in which public holds more than 51 percent of voting equity shares, wishes to set up a bank or convert itself into a bank, it must transfer all its regulated financial services business to a separate company/companies and transfer the shareholding in such companies to the NOFHC. After it has transferred the regulated financial services business, it can set up a NOFHC, provided it meets the requirements of para 2 (C) (ii) and (iii) of the guidelines.

(b) As stated above, before the listed NBFC holds shares in the NOFHC, it must transfer all regulated financial services business to a new company and shares in that new company must be held by the NOFHC. Conversion of the listed NBFC into a listed non operating holding company would enable meeting the requirement of para 2(C) (iii) of the guidelines provided the listed non operating holding company meets the requirement of para 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines i.e. the public hold not less than 51 percent voting equity shares in the company.

A. Yes. An existing non-operating listed holding company, with more than 51 percent public shareholding, will be eligible to promote a Non-Operative Financial Holding Company (NOFHC). [para 2 (C) (ii) (b) and 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]
A. A non operating holding company being a promoter of NOFHC and holding investments in unregulated financial sector entities and non financial sector entities will be required to be registered as a CIC with RBI if it meets the criteria laid down in para 2 and 3 (h) of Notification No DNBS.PD. 219/CGM(US)-2011 dated January 05, 2011 regarding Regulatory Framework for Core Investment Companies.
A. NOFHC, being a non-operative financial holding company, cannot hold physical assets belonging to the Group and charge for them on an arm’s length basis. A holding company of the Promoter Group, which holds the NOFHC can undertake related businesses such as technology services or banking correspondent services or distribution services on its own, or through a subsidiary. If the non-operative holding company is a CIC or NBFC, the relevant regulations will be applicable.

A. No. An existing non-operating listed holding company, with more than 51 per cent public shareholding cannot operate as the NOFHC as the NOFHC has to be wholly-owned by the Promoter / Promoter Group. The above cited example does not meet this criteria as the non-operating listed holding company has equity shareholding from non-promoters/promoter group entities. However, this existing non-operative listed holding company in which public shareholding exceeds 51 per cent can promote a NOFHC.

A non operating holding company being a promoter of NOFHC will be required to be registered as a CIC with RBI if it meets the stipulated criteria.

If the non operating holding company does not meet the criteria for being defined as a Core Investment Company but is an NBFC (Investment Company) it will be required to be registered with RBI as NBFC(Investment Company).

A. For the purpose of these guidelines, the investment company (SPV/CIC) that holds shares only in non-financial companies of the Promoter Group would not be considered as a financial services company and would be held outside the purview of the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]
A. A non-operative financial holding company is a company which has no operational activities and holds the non-financial sector companies of the Promoter Group and which has no subsidiaries, joint venture or associate or other controlled entities in the financial sector except investments in the NOFHC. Such company can hold voting equity shares in the NOFHC in accordance with Paragraph 2 (C) (ii) and (iii) of the guidelines. The said holding company can hold upto 100 per cent of the voting equity of the NOFHC, if it has public shareholding of not less than 51 per cent. [para 2 (C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines].
A. NOFHC cannot provide any advisory services to any entity both within the Group and outside the Group. The NOFHC can make investment in bank deposits, money market instruments, government securities and actively traded bonds and debentures besides lending to or investing in entities that are held under it. [para 2(H)(i)(c) of the guidelines]

A. (a) It is not necessary that there has to be an individual promoter. The company wherein 100% of voting equity shares are held by the public can set up the NOFHC and hold to the extent of 100% of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC if such a company is a non-financial services company or a non-operating financial holding company in the group. Further, the company itself will be deemed to be the Promoter and all the provisions of the guidelines applicable to the Promoter and the Promoter Group will apply to it.

(b) The listed company cannot be the NOFHC. It will need to form a NOFHC which is wholly owned by it. The number of independent Directors on the Board of the NOFHC should be in compliance with the provisions of paragraph 2 (G) (iv) of the guidelines.

A. For the purpose of these guidelines, a non-operative holding company that holds shares only in non-financial companies of the Promoter Group would not be considered as a financial services company and would be held outside the purview of the NOFHC.
A. Promoter Group entities, which hold investments in group companies or investments in the normal course of business, are not required to come under the NOFHC. They can hold shares in the NOFHC, provided the conditions stipulated in para 2(C) (ii) & (iii) of the guidelines are met.

A. No. A financial services company of the Promoter Group cannot participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC.

If the Promoters/Promoter Group which has a financial services company, listed or otherwise, wishes to set up a bank, the said financial services company must transfer all its regulated financial services business to a separate company/companies and transfer the shareholding in such companies to the NOFHC. After it has transferred the regulated financial services business, it will cease to be a financial services company, and it can set up a NOFHC provided, the public shareholding in it is not less than 51 per cent. [ Paragraph 2(C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines]

A non operating holding company that holds investments in unregulated financial sector entities and non financial sector entities will be eligible to hold voting equity shares in the NOFHC. It will be required to be registered as a CIC or NBFC with RBI if it meets the stipulated criteria.
A non operating holding company that holds investments in unregulated financial sector entities and non financial sector entities will be eligible to hold voting equity shares in the NOFHC. It will be required to be registered as a CIC or NBFC with RBI if it meets the stipulated criteria.
A. Activities such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted by a bank departmentally or through a separate entity or entities outside the bank. If such an activity is to be carried through a separate entity, then it should be carried on by a subsidiary, joint venture or associate of the NOFHC, and not of the bank, unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines].
A. As per the extant instructions, prior permission of RBI is necessary for the banks to invest in the equity of subsidiaries and financial services entities. Accordingly, banks would require RBI’s approval for setting up subsidiaries / joint ventures / associates for conducting activities permitted to banks under Section 6 of the BR Act, 1949. The general principle in this regard is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as insurance, stock broking, asset management, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial servicesentities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines].
A. In the normal course, a bank held under the NOFHC will not be permitted to have subsidiaries. A subsidiary of the bank can be set up only where it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI [para 2(C) (vi) of the guidelines]. FDI investments in the subsidiary of the bank or in the financial services entities held under the NOFHC would be as per the DIPP guidelines of Government of India/Notifications issued under FEMA.
A. Setting-up would mean incorporating a new entity or acquiring shares in an existing entity in which the Promoter Group will have ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) and which carries on regulated financial services business whereby such entities would be required to be a subsidiary, joint venture or associate of the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (vi) of the guidelines]
A. Normally the bank will not be permitted to set up a subsidiary / joint venture under it. However, a bank may be permitted to set-up a subsidiary / joint venture under it, where it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI (For example, a banking subsidiary for carrying on the business of banking exclusively outside India). [para 2 (C) (vi) of the guidelines]
A. Promoters/Promoter Groups will not be permitted to set up any new financial services entity within three years from the date of commencement of business of the NOFHC, even if such intention is mentioned in the applications. [para 2 (C) (vi) of the guidelines]
A. Yes. The financial services entities of the Promoter Group which are not regulated by RBI or any other financial sector regulator cannot be brought under the NOFHC structure. [para 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]
A. Yes, subject to regulations relating to rights issues. The shareholding of the NOFHC will be a minimum of 40 per cent of the paid up voting equity capital of the bank which shall be locked in for a period of five years from the date of commencement of the business of the bank. The shareholding in excess of 40 per cent of the total paid up voting equity capital should be brought down to 40 per cent within three years from the date of commencement of business of the bank. [para 2 (D) (ii) and (iii) of the guidelines]
A. There could be common directors in the NOFHC and the bank. [para 2(G)(i) of the guidelines]. A director of the NOFHC cannot be considered as independent director of the bank. The common directorship between the NOFHC and other regulated financial services entities would be as per the regulations of the sectoral regulators concerned. [para 2 G (iv) of the guidelines]
A. No. The bank cannot be incorporated without obtaining ‘in-principle approval’ from the Reserve Bank. The bank will be incorporated as a public limited company.
A. No. The bank cannot be incorporated without obtaining ‘in-principle approval’ from the Reserve Bank. In case in-principle approval is given by the Reserve Bank, the bank should be set up within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. The same may be mentioned in the Form III.

A. This model is not possible for the following reasons:

(i) The NOFHC should be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group [para 2(A) of the guidelines].

(ii) If as a result of the share swap, any part of the shareholding of the NOFHC is held by the public, which holds shares in the listed NBFC, then the NOFHC cannot be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group.

A. The requirement is that the NOFHC has to be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group. Further, at least 51 percent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC have to be held by companies in the Promoter Group in which public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity of those companies. A company in which public holds 51 per cent need not necessarily be listed.[para 2 (C) (i) & (ii) of the guidelines]
A. Yes. A listed CIC in the Promoter Group can have a 100 percent shareholding in the NOFHC, provided the public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity shares in the CIC. [para 2 (C) (ii)(b) and 2 C (iii) of the guidelines]
A. A promoter group company where the public holding is greater than 51 per cent can have a 100 percent shareholding in the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (ii) (a) and (b) of the guidelines]

A. The guidelines require that:

  1. all regulated financial services entities of the Promoters/Promoter Group in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) should be carried on only through entities held by the NOFHC.

  2. no entity in which the NOFHC has a shareholding can hold shares in the NOFHC.

Therefore, there cannot be a company involved in the financial sector which is on top of the NOFHC and is a 100 percent promoter of the NOFHC.

Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. Therefore, the housing finance activity of the HFC should be transferred to the bank under the NOFHC. The financial sector regulated entity which holds the HFC substantially will have to come under the NOFHC.[para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines]
Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. Therefore, the housing finance activity of the HFC should be transferred to the bank under the NOFHC. The financial sector regulated entity which holds the HFC substantially will have to come under the NOFHC.[para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines]
A. No. Such an entity cannot promote a NOFHC because lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. Therefore, the retail mortgage lending activity of the entity should be transferred to the bank under the NOFHC. Further, all regulated financial services entities of the Group in which the Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held by a NOFHC. [para 2 (C)(iii) and (vii) of the guidelines]
A. Entities, in which the Government / Public Sector Undertaking / Government Companies’ shareholding is less than 50 percent, would be treated as private sector entities, provided there are no explicit or implicit agreements or arrangements through which Government can exercise control. [para 2 (A) (i) of the guidelines]
Whether a public financial institution is part of the Promoter Group will depend upon whether it is in effective control of the NOFHC to the exclusion of any other person.
Whether a public financial institution is part of the Promoter Group will depend upon whether it is in effective control of the NOFHC to the exclusion of any other person.
The general principle in this regard is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]
The general principle in this regard is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]
The general principle in this regard is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]
The general principle in this regard is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]
The general principle in this regard is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]
The general principle in this regard is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]
The general principle in this regard is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoters/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]

A. (i) No. The NOFHC has to be wholly owned by a single Promoter/Promoter Group (as per the definition given in Annex I to the guidelines) and the pattern of shareholding would be as per the provisions laid down at par 2(C)(ii) & (iii) of the guidelines. Two or more separate groups cannot combine together to set up a NOFHC.

(ii) & (iii) A strategic shareholder not being a part of the Promoter Group, can be a shareholder in a company belonging to the Promoter Group (as per definition in Annex I to the guidelines), which holds shares in the NOFHC. If the strategic partner is in control of the company and is not a resident, then the company cannot hold shares in the NOFHC, as NOFHC has to be owned and controlled by residents. The strategic partner cannot be considered as part of the public shareholding, if he, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises significant influence and control over the company.

A. Yes. However, no single entity or group of related entities, other than the NOFHC, shall have shareholding or control, directly or indirectly, in excess of 10 per cent of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank and any acquisition of shares which will take the aggregate holding of an individual / entity / group to the equivalent of 5 per cent or more of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank, will require prior approval of RBI. [ para 2 (K)(ii)(iii) of the guidelines ]
A. No. The NOFHC has to be wholly owned by a single Promoter/Promoter Group (as per the definition given in Annex I to the guidelines and the pattern of shareholding would be as per the provisions laid down at para 2(C)(ii) & (iii) of the guidelines. Two or more different promoter groups cannot combine together to set up an NOFHC.
‘Misaligned with the banking model’ would mean business model and business culture which potentially puts the bank and the banking system at risk on account of group activities such as those which are speculative in nature or subject to high asset price volatility [para (2) (B) (c) of the guidelines]. It is not possible to exactly define substantial contribution in terms of percentage, but it will be seen in the overall context of business activities.
‘Misaligned with the banking model’ would mean business model and business culture which potentially puts the bank and the banking system at risk on account of group activities such as those which are speculative in nature or subject to high asset price volatility [para (2) (B) (c) of the guidelines]. It is not possible to exactly define substantial contribution in terms of percentage, but it will be seen in the overall context of business activities.
‘Misaligned with the banking model’ would mean business model and business culture which potentially puts the bank and the banking system at risk on account of group activities such as those which are speculative in nature or subject to high asset price volatility [para (2) (B) (c) of the guidelines]. It is not possible to exactly define substantial contribution in terms of percentage, but it will be seen in the overall context of business activities.
A. If the core investment company belonging to the promoter group has more than 51 percent public holding, then it can set up the NOFHC, and have upto 100 percent voting equity shares of the NOFHC.
A. Public shareholding does not necessarily imply that the company is listed. What is required is that at least 51 percent of the shareholding is widely dispersed among shareholders other than the Promoters and none of such shareholder along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 percent of voting equity shares exercise ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise.
Taxation will be as per the laws / rules of the tax authorities.
Taxation will be as per the laws / rules of the tax authorities.
Taxation will be as per the laws / rules of the tax authorities.
Taxation will be as per the laws / rules of the tax authorities.
Taxation will be as per the laws / rules of the tax authorities.
Taxation will be as per the laws / rules of the tax authorities.
Taxation will be as per the laws / rules of the tax authorities.
Taxation will be as per the laws / rules of the tax authorities.
Taxation will be as per the laws / rules of the tax authorities.
A. (i) & (ii)If a CEO is not identified at the application stage, names of management team including the CEO would be required to be furnished to the Reserve Bank after grant of in-principle approval.
A. Ownership and management shall be separate and distinct in the NOFHC, the bank and entities regulated by RBI. [Paragraph (G) (vii) of the guidelines]. If a CEO is not identified at the application stage, names of management team including the CEO would be required to be furnished to the Reserve Bank after grant of in-principle approval.
A. Yes. The banks could use the promoter group’s brand name / logo or taglines in so far they represent and convey the banking function.
A. The requirement as per the guidelines is that companies forming part of the Promoter Group whereof companies in which the public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity shares shall hold not less than 51 percent of the total voting equity shares of the NOFHC. As such, under no circumstances promoters would be allowed to increase their shareholdings in such companies beyond 49 percent in future in accordance with the requirement of para (2) (C) (ii) of the guidelines.
A. List of unbanked centres with population less than 9,999 can be obtained from the concerned State Level Bankers Committees (SLBCs) and District Consultative Committees (DCCs) at the time of opening branches.

A. (i) to (iii)The NOFHC must be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group. Therefore, it cannot be listed and accordingly a listed NBFC cannot be a NOFHC.

(iv) The 10 percent stipulation will also apply to the Government of India shareholding in the bank, as these banks would be private sector banks.

A. The NOFHC has to be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group. Therefore, a listed company cannot be a NOFHC.

At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (A) and (C) of the guidelines. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to comply with all the requirements and the proposed bank has to start operations within 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or the date of commencement of operations whichever is earlier.

A. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to set up a wholly owned NOFHC as per the corporate structure prescribed in para 2(C) of the guidelines. The NOFHC, therefore, cannot be a listed company. The wholly owned NOFHC has to bring down its shareholding in the bank in excess of 40 percent to 40 percent within three years from the date of commencement of the business of the bank. The bank shall get its shares listed in stock exchanges within three years of its commencement of the business.

A. (i) The requirement is that the NOFHC has to be wholly owned and controlled by resident. Therefore, non-residents cannot hold shares in the NOFHC.

(ii) The NOFHC being wholly owned by the entities / Groups in the private sector that are ‘owned and controlled by residents’, its shareholdings in the bank would not be counted for non-resident shareholding, and the bank can have an aggregate foreign shareholding of 49 per cent of the paid up voting equity capital for the first five years from the date of licensing. [Paragraph 2 (F) of the guidelines]

A. No, unless permitted by RBI.
A: The guidelines do not bar a Multi-State Cooperative Society (MSCS) from being a Promoter. A MSCS can be a public sector entity or private sector entity depending upon the extent of Government control. These guidelines do not cover setting up of private sector banks by cooperative banks or conversion of cooperative banks into commercial banks in the private sector.
The NOFHC has to be wholly owned by a single Promoter/Promoter Group (as per the definition given in Annex 1 to the guidelines) and the pattern of shareholding would be as per the provisions laid down at par 2(C)(ii) & (iii) of the guidelines. Two or more separate groups cannot combine together to set up a NOFHC.
The NOFHC has to be wholly owned by a single Promoter/Promoter Group (as per the definition given in Annex 1 to the guidelines) and the pattern of shareholding would be as per the provisions laid down at par 2(C)(ii) & (iii) of the guidelines. Two or more separate groups cannot combine together to set up a NOFHC.
A. Yes. Promoters/Promoter Group having an existing NBFC can choose to promote a bank through a wholly owned NOFHC. However, the existing business of the NBFC will have to be migrated into the bank in compliance with conditions laid down in para 2 (L) and 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines.
A. The policy discussion paper mentioned in the guidelines relates to the banking structure of the country. The policy discussion paper mentioned in the guidelines will relate to the banking structure in the country and will be applicable both to existing and new banks. The present policy guidelines for licensing of new banks in the private sector will not undergo any change due to the policy discussion paper on banking structure in India.
A. The Promoters/Promoter Group entity setting up the NOFHC can have minority foreign shareholding provided these entities are ‘owned and controlled by residents’ as per para 2(A)(i) of the guidelines. The guidelines do not envisage any direct holding by non-promoters/promoter group entities including foreign investors in the NOFHC. Further, the promoters will have to comply with stipulations at–para 2 (C) (i) and (ii) of the guidelines.
A. The guidelines provide that a NOFHC should be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group i.e., by individuals belonging to the promoter group and entities in the promoter group in which the Promoter/Promoter Group are in effective control. Within such shareholding, not less than 51 percent of the voting equity shareholding of the NOFHC must be held by companies in which the public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity shareholding. The remaining 49 per cent of voting equity shareholding in such publicly held companies [para 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines] will be held by promoter group individuals/ entities who have ‘significant influence’ and ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over such companies.
A. Two NOFHCs are not envisaged. Only one NOFHC shall hold the bank as well as all the other regulated financial services entities of the Group in which the Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’(as defined in Accounting Standard 23). [para 2 (C) (iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]
A. No. Paragraph 2 (C) (viii) stipulates that the Promoter / Promoter Group entities / individuals associated with Promoter Group shall hold equity investment in the bank and other financial entities held by it, only through the NOFHC. Further, paragraph 2 (I) (iv) (b) of the guidelines indicate that the financial entities held by NOFHC shall not make investment in the equity / debt capital instruments amongst themselves. Therefore, an NBFC held by the NOFHC cannot hold shares in ‘he bank.
A. Para 2 (L) of the guidelines will be applicable both to promoter converting the NBFC into a bank or promoting a bank.

A. With a view to enhancing financial inclusion, the conditions relating to the branch network are specifically prescribed at 25 percent for unbanked rural centres. Further, this norm has been extended to the existing banks also and they are required to comply with this stipulation while opening new branches.

As regards the foreign investment, it is capped at 49 percent for the initial period of 5 years to ensure that domestic banks are established in the private sector. However, after expiry of 5 years, the aggregate foreign shareholding in the bank would be allowed as per the extant FDI policy of the Government.

The reason for not permitting the NOFHC to set up any new financial services entity for at least three years from the date of commencement of the NOFHC is on account of the fact that it is necessary that the newly set up bank gets on sound footing before the NOFHC diversifies into other financial sector business. The existing regulated financial sector business would, however, continue under the NOFHC.

The limit of 10 per cent applies to an individual’s own shareholding along with the shares held by his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and the entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of voting equity shares [para 2 (C) (ii) (a) of the guidelines].If there are two or more individuals who are part of the Promoter Group and are not relatives of each other, the limit would apply individually, and need not be aggregated. However, all such individuals cannot hold more than 49 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC.
The limit of 10 per cent applies to an individual’s own shareholding along with the shares held by his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and the entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of voting equity shares [para 2 (C) (ii) (a) of the guidelines].If there are two or more individuals who are part of the Promoter Group and are not relatives of each other, the limit would apply individually, and need not be aggregated. However, all such individuals cannot hold more than 49 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC.
A. Only the voting equity share capital will be reckoned for the purpose of compliance with the guidelines on capital structure of the NOFHC, the minimum capital requirement for the new bank and shareholding by NOFHC in the new bank. The non-voting equity shares are out of the purview of these guidelines. [ para 2 (C)(ii) and para 2 (D) (i) to (v) of the guidelines ]
A. The Promoter Group includes a “Promoter” as per the definition of the Promoter Group given in Annex I to the guidelines and a Promoter is a “person” who satisfies the definition given in Annex I to the guidelines. As per para II(vi) of Annex I, Promoter Group includes entities sharing common brand names (please see this clause for details).All the regulated financial sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard-23) will be held under the NOFHC. [ para 2(C)(vii) of the guidelines ]

A. (156to158) A company in which public holds 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares need not necessarily be listed. The term ‘public’ refers to all the shareholders other than those belonging to Promoter/Promoter Group (as defined in Annex I to the guidelines).

For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company. [para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines]

A company in which public holds 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares need not necessarily be listed. The term ‘public’ refers to all the shareholders other than those belonging to Promoter/Promoter Group (as defined in Annex I to the guidelines). For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company. [para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines]
A company in which public holds 51 per cent of the total voting equity shares need not necessarily be listed. The term ‘public’ refers to all the shareholders other than those belonging to Promoter/Promoter Group (as defined in Annex I to the guidelines). For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company. [para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines]
A. The requirement of 51 per cent of public shareholding will apply to the companies in the Promoter Group, which are shareholders of NOFHC and such companies must collectively hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC.
A. Entities / groups in the private sector that are ‘owned and controlled by residents’ [as defined in Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) Press Note 2, 3 and 4 of 2009 / FEMA Regulations as amended from time to time] shall be eligible to promote a bank through a wholly-owned Non-Operative Financial Holding Company (NOFHC) [para 2(A) (i) of the guidelines]. Therefore, the NOFHC should be owned by individuals belonging to the Promoter Group and entities in the promoter group in which the promoter/promoter group are in effective control. The Promoters should ensure that ownership and effective control of the promoter entity remains with the persons resident in India /resident entities, at all times[para 2 (A)(i) of the guidelines].There is a mechanism in place to monitor foreign shareholding in entities having sectoral caps for such holdings.
A. The regulated financial services entities in the promoter group held by the NOFHC will not be allowed to make overseas investment in entities whereby such entities would become a subsidiary, joint venture or associate of the regulated financial services entities, unless such investments are legally required or specifically permitted by RBI/ other financial sector regulators and are in accordance with FEMA guidelines. However, NOFHC can make overseas investments subject to FEMA guidelines.
The commodity broking business is not considered to be regulated financial services for the purpose of these guidelines, and entities in the Promoter Group which are carrying on commodity broking business cannot be held under the NOFHC.
The commodity broking business is not considered to be regulated financial services for the purpose of these guidelines, and entities in the Promoter Group which are carrying on commodity broking business cannot be held under the NOFHC.
The general principle for activities that have to be conducted from within the bank and by NBFCs in the group is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring, etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as asset management, insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]. Within these principles, the activities that are permitted to be undertaken by the bank, such as loans against shares, have to be undertaken by the bank to the extent permitted, and lending activities that are not permitted to a bank, but are not prohibited to NBFCs, such as promoter financing, loans for purchase of land, etc. would have to be wound up within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
The general principle for activities that have to be conducted from within the bank and by NBFCs in the group is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring, etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as asset management, insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]. Within these principles, the activities that are permitted to be undertaken by the bank, such as loans against shares, have to be undertaken by the bank to the extent permitted, and lending activities that are not permitted to a bank, but are not prohibited to NBFCs, such as promoter financing, loans for purchase of land, etc. would have to be wound up within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
The general principle for activities that have to be conducted from within the bank and by NBFCs in the group is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring, etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as asset management, insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]. Within these principles, the activities that are permitted to be undertaken by the bank, such as loans against shares, have to be undertaken by the bank to the extent permitted, and lending activities that are not permitted to a bank, but are not prohibited to NBFCs, such as promoter financing, loans for purchase of land, etc. would have to be wound up within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
A. The NOFHC shall be wholly owned by entities/groups in the private sector that are ‘owned and controlled by residents’ [as defined in Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) Press Note 2, 3 and 4 of 2009/ FEMA Regulations as amended from time to time], and also subject to capital structure given at paragraph 2 (C) (ii) (a) and (b) of the guidelines. The level of foreign shareholding in these entities should be at such level that does not make them ‘owned and/or controlled’ by non-residents. FIIs/Foreign Private Equity/Foreign investors cannot hold any voting equity shares in the NOFHC as only companies/ entities in the Promoter Group that are owned and controlled by residents in India are allowed to hold the voting equity shares of the NOFHC. [para 2 (A) (i) and para 2 (C) (i) of the guidelines ] The foreign shareholding allowed at the bank level should satisfy the requirements under paragraph 2 (F) of the guidelines.
A. The 5 percent limit on shareholding by any non-resident shareholder would apply at the bank level. The indirect foreign investments through the Promoter Group companies [owned and controlled by residents – paragraph 2 (A) of the guidelines], which would hold the NOFHC, will not be counted for foreign investments in the bank.
The indirect foreign investments through the Promoter Group companies [owned and controlled by residents – paragraph 2 (A) of the guidelines], which would hold the NOFHC, will not be counted for foreign investments in the bank, as only companies/entities in the Promoter Group that are owned and controlled by resident in India are allowed to hold the voting equity shares of NOFHC. [Paragraph 2 (F) of the guidelines]
The indirect foreign investments through the Promoter Group companies [owned and controlled by residents – paragraph 2 (A) of the guidelines], which would hold the NOFHC, will not be counted for foreign investments in the bank, as only companies/entities in the Promoter Group that are owned and controlled by resident in India are allowed to hold the voting equity shares of NOFHC. [Paragraph 2 (F) of the guidelines]
A. The requirement is that the NOFHC has to be wholly owned by entities/ Groups in the private sector that are ‘owned and controlled by residents’ [ as defined in Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion(DIPP) Press Note 2, 3, and 4 of 2009/FEMA Regulations as amended from time to time]. Therefore OCIs cannot hold shares in the NOFHC.

A. The requirement is that the NOFHC has to be wholly owned by entities/ Groups in the private sector that are ‘owned and controlled by residents’ [ as defined in Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion(DIPP) Press Note 2, 3, and 4 of 2009/FEMA Regulations as amended from time to time]. Therefore PIOs cannot hold shares in the NOFHC.

No single entity or group of related entities, other than the NOFHC, shall have shareholding or control, directly or indirectly, in excess of 10 per cent of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank [para 2 (K) (iii) of the guidelines].

Any acquisition of shares by persons resident in India or otherwise which will take the aggregate holding of an individual / entity / group to the equivalent of 5 per cent or more of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank, will require prior approval of RBI [Para 2 (K) (ii) of the guidelines].

A. OCIs/PIOs will be allowed to become Chairman/CEO of the proposed bank provided they are persons resident in India as per Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999.
A. Yes. The term ‘major supplier and major customer’ will normally have the same meaning (as defined in footnote 4 at page 7 of the guidelines) throughout the guidelines.

A. (i) The general principle for activities that have to be conducted from within the bank and by NBFCs in the group is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring, etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as asset management, insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines].

The existing business of NBFCs of the Promoter Group setting up/converting into a bank will have to be reorganized accordingly.

(ii) RBI may consider allowing the bank to take over and convert the existing NBFC branches into bank branches only in the Tier 2 to 6 centres. All NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres which would carry out banking business may be permitted to be converted into bank branches and the excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The branches of the bank and NBFC should be distinct and separate. Erstwhile branches of NBFC, retained and converted into bank branches, cannot conduct businesses of the NBFC.

The new bank should have a minimum voting equity capital of `5 billion. However, where an NBFC is permitted to convert into a bank, it should have a minimum networth of ` 5 billion at all times.[para 2(L)(C) of the guidelines].
The new bank should have a minimum voting equity capital of `5 billion. However, where an NBFC is permitted to convert into a bank, it should have a minimum networth of ` 5 billion at all times.[para 2(L)(C) of the guidelines].
A. The minimum capital required for the bank is `5 billion, and the NOFHC is initially required to have atleast 40% shareholding in the bank. The minimum capital of the NOFHC should be such as to meet the above requirements as well as the requirement of holding prescribed capital in other financial sector entities held by the NOFHC as per the norms laid down by the financial sector regulators.[Paragraph 2 (D) of the guidelines]
The general principle for activities that have to be conducted from within the bank and by NBFCs in the group is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring, etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as asset management, insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]. Within these principles, the NBFC converting into the bank is required to divest the activities which the banks are not allowed to undertake departmentally and such activities can be migrated to and conducted from another NBFC/entity. However, lending activities that are not permitted to a bank, or are subject to restrictions, but are not prohibited to NBFCs, such as promoter financing, loans for purchase of land etc. would have to be wound up. This may be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval of before commencement of the banking business, whichever is earlier.
The general principle for activities that have to be conducted from within the bank and by NBFCs in the group is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring, etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as asset management, insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]. Within these principles, the NBFC converting into the bank is required to divest the activities which the banks are not allowed to undertake departmentally and such activities can be migrated to and conducted from another NBFC/entity. However, lending activities that are not permitted to a bank, or are subject to restrictions, but are not prohibited to NBFCs, such as promoter financing, loans for purchase of land etc. would have to be wound up. This may be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval of before commencement of the banking business, whichever is earlier.

A. (179 to 181) The general principle for activities that have to be conducted from within the bank and by NBFCs in the group is  that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring, etc.,  can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as asset management, insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines].

Within these principles, the NBFC converting into the bank is required to divest the activities which the banks are not allowed to undertake departmentally and such activities can be migrated to and conducted from another NBFC/entity. However, lending activities that are not permitted to a bank, or are subject to restrictions, but are not prohibited to NBFCs, such as promoter financing, loans for purchase of land etc. would have to be wound up. This may be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval of before commencement of the banking business, whichever is earlier.

A. The entities/individuals belonging to the Promoters/Promoter Groups, which would participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC, would have to provide the Memorandum and Articles of Association, financial statements for past ten years and Income Tax returns for last three years, as appropriate, at the time of submission of their application. The last available financial statements in respect of other Group entities, which do not participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC will also have to be furnished. The details of the Promoters’ direct and indirect interest in various entities/companies/industries and details of credit/other facilities availed by the Promoters/Promoter Group would be required of all entities. [ para 3 of Annex II to the guidelines]
A. The general principle for activities that have to be conducted from within the bank and by NBFCs in the group is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring, etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as asset management, insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]. Within these principles, the activities that are permitted to be undertaken by the bank, such as loans against shares, have to be undertaken by the bank to the extent permitted. Lending activities that are not permitted to a bank or subject to restrictions to a bank cannot be carried out through an NBFC.
A. The transfer of equity holdings by the Promoters/Promoter Group entities in such regulated financial sector entities to the NOFHC, without the transfer of these business of the financial entities to the bank i.e. activities which have to be undertaken by the bank only, will not be in compliance with the provisions at para 2(C) (iv) of the guidelines.

A. (185 & 186)  Consolidated capital funds means the Capital, Reserves and Surplus of the NOFHC determined on the consolidation of its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in accordance with the applicable Accounting Standards.

Consolidated capital funds for regulatory purpose means the consolidated regulatory capital of the NOFHC under the regulatory scope of consolidation. (Please refer to the ‘scope of Application’ under Section B of Annex 1 of circular DBOD.No.BP.BC.98 /21.06.201/2011-12 on guidelines on ‘Implementation of Basel III Capital Regulations in India’ dated May 2, 2012 for details on regulatory scope of consolidation. Please also refer to the guidelines for ‘consolidated accounting and other quantitative methods to facilitate consolidated supervision’ contained in circular DBOD.No.BP.BC.72 /21.04.018/2001-02 dated February 25, 2003 in terms of which the NOFHC will have to prepare consolidated financial statements and other consolidated prudential reports.)

This is a cross holding limit in the capital instruments on unconsolidated financial entities which applies on a consolidated basis. The limit ensures that the NOFHC has the continued ability to provide capital support to banking business.

However, since the investment of the NOFHC in the insurance subsidiary is fully deducted from its consolidated capital for prudential purposes such as consolidated capital adequacy, exposure norms etc., the investment of the NOFHC in the capital of its insurance subsidiary is not considered for the purpose of cross holding limit of 10 per cent.

A. (185 & 186)  Consolidated capital funds means the Capital, Reserves and Surplus of the NOFHC determined on the consolidation of its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in accordance with the applicable Accounting Standards.

Consolidated capital funds for regulatory purpose means the consolidated regulatory capital of the NOFHC under the regulatory scope of consolidation. (Please refer to the ‘scope of Application’ under Section B of Annex 1 of circular DBOD.No.BP.BC.98 /21.06.201/2011-12 on guidelines on ‘Implementation of Basel III Capital Regulations in India’ dated May 2, 2012 for details on regulatory scope of consolidation. Please also refer to the guidelines for ‘consolidated accounting and other quantitative methods to facilitate consolidated supervision’ contained in circular DBOD.No.BP.BC.72 /21.04.018/2001-02 dated February 25, 2003 in terms of which the NOFHC will have to prepare consolidated financial statements and other consolidated prudential reports.)

This is a cross holding limit in the capital instruments on unconsolidated financial entities which applies on a consolidated basis. The limit ensures that the NOFHC has the continued ability to provide capital support to banking business.

However, since the investment of the NOFHC in the insurance subsidiary is fully deducted from its consolidated capital for prudential purposes such as consolidated capital adequacy, exposure norms etc., the investment of the NOFHC in the capital of its insurance subsidiary is not considered for the purpose of cross holding limit of 10 per cent.

A. (i & ii) If two third of the Promoter Group’s holding in the Indian company is held by a “non-resident promoter”, the company is not controlled by a resident. So long as the non-resident holds two third of the voting equity shares held by the Promoter Group, he controls the Promoter Group’s investment in the Indian company and the fact that he does not have right to appoint a nominee director is irrelevant. The Indian company is therefore not eligible to promote a NOFHC. (iii) It is essential that not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC are to be held by Promoter Group companies in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares. A company in which public holds 51 per cent or more of the voting equity shares need not necessarily be listed. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company. [ para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines]
A. It is essential that clause (b) of para 2(C)(ii) (i.e. not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC to be held by companies in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares) is satisfied in all cases. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company.If these conditions are satisfied, then the listed non financial services company would comply with the conditions at 2 (C) (ii)(b) of the guidelines.
Yes. It is essential that not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC have to be held by companies in the Promoter Group in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares. [para 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines]
Yes. It is essential that not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC have to be held by companies in the Promoter Group in which the public hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares. [para 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines]
A. (i & ii) The JV NBFC has to be brought under the NOFHC, as it is a regulated financial sector entity, and the Promoters of the NBFC through the 50 per cent equity holding by the NBFC in the JV NBFC have 50 percent ownership and management rights in the JV NBFC. Hence, the Promoters would be deemed to have ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard-23) over the JV NBFC. [para 2(C)(iv) and(vii) of the guidelines]
A. Infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank has to remain outside the bank, under the NOFHC. The infrastructure financing activities of the Promoters/Promoter Group through the IFC have to be conducted from within the new bank held by the NOFHC.
A. (i) Yes. The relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) of the individuals (belonging to the Promoter Group) who would participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC, have to provide the financial statements for past ten years and Income Tax returns for last three years, as appropriate, at the time of submission of their application. The details of their direct and indirect interest in various entities/ companies/ industries and details of credit/other facilities availed by the Promoters/Promoter Group would be required of all entities. The last available financial statements in respect of other Group entities, which do not participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC will also have to be furnished.[para 3 of Annex II to the guidelines] (ii) Yes. The details of the Promoter/ Promoter Group’s direct and indirect interest in various entities/ companies/ industries and details of credit/other facilities availed by them would be required of all entities. While the details of investments made by the Promoters/Promoter Group in the venture capital/ private equity fund/funds need be submitted, information about the investment made by such venture capital / private equity funds need not be submitted.[ para 3 of Annex II to the guidelines]
A. The Promoters/Promoter Group will have to obtain prior approval from the sectoral regulators, required under respective statutes/regulations.
A. Yes.Since all regulated financial sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ will be held under the NOFHC, Company D in the example will be held under NOFHC, if it is a Group company of the Promoters. [Paragraph 2(C)(vii) of the guidelines]
The general principle is that the regulated financial services sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC. While this is a preferred structure, these requirements are subject to the regulations of the respective regulators. The applicants may approach IRDA in this regard. The decision of IRDA will prevail.
The general principle is that the regulated financial services sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC. While this is a preferred structure, these requirements are subject to the regulations of the respective regulators. The applicants may approach IRDA in this regard. The decision of IRDA will prevail.
The general principle is that the regulated financial services sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC. While this is a preferred structure, these requirements are subject to the regulations of the respective regulators. The applicants may approach IRDA in this regard. The decision of IRDA will prevail.
The general principle is that the regulated financial services sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC. While this is a preferred structure, these requirements are subject to the regulations of the respective regulators. The applicants may approach IRDA in this regard. The decision of IRDA will prevail.
The general principle is that the regulated financial services sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC. While this is a preferred structure, these requirements are subject to the regulations of the respective regulators. The applicants may approach IRDA in this regard. The decision of IRDA will prevail.
A. The general principle is that the regulated financial services sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC. While this is a preferred structure, these requirements are subject to the regulations of the respective regulators. The matter has been examined in consultation with SEBI. The applicants may approach SEBI in this regard. The decision of SEBI will prevail.
A. The stipulation that the NOFHC shall not be permitted to set up any new financial services entity for at least three years from the date of commencement of business of NOFHC means that the NOFHC cannot undertake a new financial service activity [para banking activities as defined in Master circular DBOD.No.FSD.BC.24/24.01.001/2012-13 dated July 2, 2012] and those financial services activities that must be undertaken from outside the bank (para 2 (C) (iv) (a)] and set up a new financial services entity for this purpose during the specified period. For the purpose of reorganization of existing business of the Promoter Group to bring all regulated financial services under the NOFHC and to carry out existing business through separate financial entities under the NOFHC as required under the guidelines, [Paragraph 2 (C) (iv) (a) & (b) of the guidelines], the NOFHC would be free to establish new financial services entity. In fact, this process will have to be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before the commencement of the banking business, whichever is earlier. If the sectoral regulators viz. SEBI or IRDA, are to specify new norms, the applicants may approach SEBI/IRDA for their approval.
A. The capital requirements for the regulated financial services entities held by the NOFHC shall be as prescribed by the respective sectoral regulators.
A NBFC (Investment Company) will not be brought under the NOFHC. It has to be registered with Reserve Bank of India as a CIC or as a NBFC (Investment Company), as appropriate.
A NBFC (Investment Company) will not be brought under the NOFHC. It has to be registered with Reserve Bank of India as a CIC or as a NBFC (Investment Company), as appropriate.

A.(i) Yes.  As transfer of assets and liabilities to the new bank would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, it will be permitted. However, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank, in order to protect the interests of the deposi

(ii) The assets and liabilities for the purpose of transfer from one entity to another under restructuring of the existing business may be valued as per the relevant provisions of the applicable laws/ regulations. No separate guidelines will be issued by RBI in this regard.

tors.

A. No. No non-resident shareholder, directly or indirectly, individually or in groups, or through subsidiary, associate or joint venture will be permitted to hold 5 per cent or more of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank for a period of 5 years from the date of commencement of business of the bank. After the expiry of 5 years from the date of commencement of business of the bank, the aggregate foreign shareholding would be as per the extant FDI policy.
If a CEO/Management Team has not been identified at the application stage, names of management team including the CEO would be required to be furnished to the Reserve Bank after grant of in-principle approval.
If a CEO/Management Team has not been identified at the application stage, names of management team including the CEO would be required to be furnished to the Reserve Bank after grant of in-principle approval.
A. The names of the Board of Directors of the NOFHC would be required to be furnished to the Reserve Bank after grant of in-principle approval. [Paragraph 2 (G) (vii) of the guidelines]
A. (i) & (ii)The period of business plan is left to the applicants. The business plan should be realistic and viable. It should address how the bank proposes to achieve financial inclusion. It would be desirable to give business plan covering three to five years.
A. Taxation will be as per the laws/rules of the tax authorities.
A. This would depend upon completion of certain formalities such as opening of current account with RBI, eligibility norms of the clearing houses, etc. for a member or a sub member.
A. For the purpose of these guidelines, ‘public shareholders’ would mean individuals/entities not belonging to the promoter group. ‘Public Shareholding’ implies that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company. Such companies will hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity of the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines]
A. All regulated financial sector entities, in which a Promoter has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC[ para 2(C)(vii) of the guidelines]. No exemption can be granted to auto-finance companies in the Promoter Group in this regard. Further, no financial services entity held by the NOFHC would be allowed to engage in any activity that a bank is permitted to undertake departmentally. The activities that could be carried outside the bank are as mentioned in paragraph 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines.
A. The priority sector lending targets/achievements for a bank for the current year ending 31st March, will be based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) outstanding as on 31st March of the previous year. The above example states the position correctly.
A. The exposure norms stipulated at paragraph 2 (I) (ii) (a) of the guidelines refer to third party exposures and capital market exposures of the consolidated NOFHC as defined in circular DBOD.No. BP.BC.72/21.04.018/2001-02 dated February 25, 2003. As regards the stand alone NOFHC, its exposure to the entities held under it are not subject to single and group borrower exposure limits. The overarching exposure norms of the insurance companies and mutual funds under the NOFHC have been indicated in Paragraph 2 (I) (iv) (a) to (c). Their exposure norms would be as prescribed by IRDA and SEBI respectively.
A. All regulated financial sector entities in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC. If any activity is required to be carried on outside the bank, it is for the Promoters/Promoter Group to decide in which entity such activity would be carried on. The Promoters/Promoter Group may undertake transfer of business activities from one entity to another in the Group (after obtaining the approval of the concerned regulators and authorities, as required), for the purpose of compliance with the requirements of these guidelines only after obtaining ‘in-principle’ approval from the RBI for conversion of a NBFC into a bank or for setting up of a new bank. This may be completed within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval of before commencement of the banking business, whichever is earlier.
A. The entities/individuals belonging to the Promoters/Promoter Groups, which would participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC, would have to provide the Memorandum and Articles of Association, financial statements for past ten years and IT returns for last three years, as appropriate, at the time of submission of their application. The last available financial statements in respect of other Group entities, which do not participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC will also have to be furnished. The details of the Promoters’ direct and indirect interest in various entities/companies/industries and details of credit/other facilities availed by the Promoters/Promoter Group would be required of all entities. [ para 3 of Annex II to the guidelines]

A. (i)Yes. The business plan can provide for share capital which is beyond the minimum prescribed.

(ii) It is essential that at least 40 per cent of the initial voting equity capital of the bank is held by the NOFHC and the NOFHC continues to hold at least 40 per cent of the voting equity capital during the first five years from the commencement of the business of the bank.

(iii) No single entity or the group of the related entities, other than the NOFHC shall have the shareholding or control, directly or indirectly, in excess of 10 per cent of the paid up voting equity capital of the bank and any acquisition of shares which will take the aggregate holding of an individual/entity/group to the equivalent of 5 per cent or more of the paid up voting equity capital of the bank will require prior approval of RBI.

(iv) It is therefore essential that the full details to be furnished of all the individuals/ entities/ groups who will hold voting equity capital in the bank at its inception.

(v) The applicants should furnish the detailed information about the persons/entities who would subscribe to the voting equity capital of the proposed NOFHC and the bank including foreign equity participation in the proposed bank.

A. The NOFHC has to be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Groups. Therefore, no investor (domestic or foreign) not being part of the Promoter Group can hold voting equity shares in the NOFHC. At least 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC have to be held by entity/entities in which public shareholding is not less than 51 per cent. A person along with his relatives as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956 and entities in which he and/or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares can hold shares in excess of 10 per cent provided by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise, is not in a position to exercise ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company
A. For the purpose of computing the 10 per cent limit for an individual belonging to the Promoter Group in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC, the voting equity shares to be held by his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares will be aggregated.[ para 2 (C)(ii)(a) of the guidelines] If an individual belonging to the Promoter Group holds a minority stake (i.e. <49 per cent) in one or more entities that also hold voting equity shares in the NOFHC, the shares holdings of those company/ies will not count towards the 10 per cent limit stipulated in terms of para 2C (ii)(a) of the guidelines. The individual shareholding referred to in para 2(C)(ii)(a) and (b) of the guidelines are not correlated.
A. (i) & (ii) The NOFHC is required to be wholly owned by entities ‘owned and controlled’ by residents and individuals belonging to the Promoter Group. Therefore, if the investment vehicles of the Promoter Groups are ‘owned and controlled’ by residents, the indirect foreign investment through these entities will not be counted as foreign investments in the bank. [para 2(A)(i) and para 2(F) of the guidelines]
A. No non-resident shareholder, directly or indirectly, individually or in groups, or through subsidiary, associate or joint venture will be permitted to hold 5 per cent or more of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank for a period of 5 years from the date of commencement of business of the bank. After the expiry of 5 years from the date of commencement of business of the bank, the aggregate foreign shareholding would be as per the extant FDI policy. [para 2(F) of the guidelines]
A. The voting equity shares are those that confer voting rights to the shareholders. The ownership restrictions specified in the guidelines apply only to voting equity shares.
A. The initial minimum paid-up voting equity capital for the bank is ` 5 billion. Depending upon the business plan, additional capital can be brought in. The bank will be able to issue preference shares permissible under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, and other Tier I and Tier II capital instruments etc. as per RBI guidelines contained in circular DBOD.No.BP.BC.98/21.06.201/2012-13 dated May 2, 2012.
A. (i) Yes. A new bank can adopt FOS model for the purpose of financial inclusion. (ii) No. The bank cannot have a subsidiary under it. (iii) Yes. The new bank can appoint Business Correspondents for the purpose of financial inclusion.
A. No, the FII shareholding forming part of the public shareholding at the listed promoter company level will not be considered for the purpose of arriving at 5% holding limit in the new bank.
A. A public company need not necessarily be a listed company. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to comply with all the requirements and the proposed bank has to start operations within this period.
A. The NOFHC has to be wholly owned by a Promoter/Promoter Group (as per the definition given in Annex I to the guidelines) and the pattern of shareholding would be as per the provisions laid down at paragraph 2(C)(ii) & (iii) of the guidelines. The existing foreign funding institution / Indian Investment Institution who hold shares in the promoting entity of the NOFHC, not being Promoter or belonging to the Promoter Group cannot hold shares in the NOFHC. As regards shareholding in the bank by foreign funding institutions, it should be in consonance with paragraph 2 (F) of the guidelines. Further, no single entity or group of related entities, other than the NOFHC, shall have shareholding or control, directly or indirectly, in excess of 10 percent of the paid-up equity capital of the bank and any such acquisition of 5 per cent or more of the paid up equity capital of the bank will require prior approval of RBI. [Paragraph 2 (K) (ii) and (iii)]
A. Public shareholding would mean, at least 51 percent of the shareholding is widely dispersed among shareholders other than the Promoters and none of such shareholders along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and / or his relatives hold not less than 50 percent of voting equity shares exercise ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) by virtue of his shareholding or otherwise. Therefore, GDRs / ADRs and their underlying shares would be counted as public shareholding, provided that, by virtue of their shareholding, the holders or their custodians do not have ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) and there are no agreements or other arrangements whereby the GDR / ADR holders or their custodian have undertaken to exercise their voting rights in accordance with the Promoters/management.
A. The stipulation that the NOFHC shall not be permitted to set up any new financial services entity for at least three years from the date of commencement of business of NOFHC means that the NOFHC cannot undertake a new financial service activity [para banking activities as defined in Master circular DBOD.No.FSD.BC.24/24.01.001/2012-13 dated July 2, 2012 and those financial services activities that must be undertaken from outside the bank [para 2 (C) (iv) (a) of the guidelines] and set up a new financial services entity for this purpose during the specified period. However, adding a new business line within existing business line would be as per the rules and regulations laid down by the concerned financial sector regulator.
A.Yes, but the NOFHC shall not be permitted to set up any new financial services entity for at least three years from the date of commencement of business of the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (vi) of the guidelines].
A. Yes, subject to RBI approval and subject to the regulations / approvals of the concerned financial sector regulators.
A. Yes, the shareholding of the NOFHC in the bank can be brought down by a stake sale or dilution or a combination thereof subject to complying with the requirement at para 2(K)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines.
A. No. Debt mutual funds are not covered under money market instruments. [Para 2(H)(i)(c) of the guidelines].
A. Paragraph 2 (I) (iv) (a) and (b) of the guidelines lay down the overarching principles for the financial entities held by the NOFHC. These entities cannot have any credit and investments (including investments in the equity/debt capital instruments) exposure to the Promoters / Promoter Group entities or individuals associated with the Promoter Group or the NOFHC. These entities cannot make investments in the equity and debt Capital instruments amongst themselves. Apart from these, the exposure norms laid down by the other financial sector regulators will be applicable.
The period of business plan is left to the applicants. The business plan should be realistic and viable. It should address how the bank proposes to achieve financial inclusion. It would be desirable to give business plan covering three to five years.
The period of business plan is left to the applicants. The business plan should be realistic and viable. It should address how the bank proposes to achieve financial inclusion. It would be desirable to give business plan covering three to five years.
The period of business plan is left to the applicants. The business plan should be realistic and viable. It should address how the bank proposes to achieve financial inclusion. It would be desirable to give business plan covering three to five years.
The Promoter Group would be as per the definition provided in the Annex I of the guidelines. It is not necessary for all the individuals belonging to the promoter group and all group entities to participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC. The guidelines provide that a NOFHC should be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group i.e., by individuals belonging to the Promoter Group and entities in the Promoter Group in which the Promoter/Promoter Group are in effective control. Within such shareholding, not less than 51 percent of the voting equity shareholding of the NOFHC must be held by companies in which the public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity shareholding. The remaining 49 per cent of voting equity shareholding in such publicly held companies [para 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines] will be held by promoter group individuals/ entities who have ‘significant influence’ and ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over such companies.
The Promoter Group would be as per the definition provided in the Annex I of the guidelines. It is not necessary for all the individuals belonging to the promoter group and all group entities to participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC. The guidelines provide that a NOFHC should be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group i.e., by individuals belonging to the Promoter Group and entities in the Promoter Group in which the Promoter/Promoter Group are in effective control. Within such shareholding, not less than 51 percent of the voting equity shareholding of the NOFHC must be held by companies in which the public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity shareholding. The remaining 49 per cent of voting equity shareholding in such publicly held companies [para 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines] will be held by promoter group individuals/ entities who have ‘significant influence’ and ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over such companies.
A. Yes. Please refer to the Annex I to the Guidelines.
A. (i)The NOFHC shall directly hold the bank as well as all the other regulated financial services entities of the Group in which a Promoter Group has significant influence or control (As defined in Accounting Standard 23). [Paragraph 2 (C) (iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]. In the above cited example, all the three companies, i.e. Company A, Company B and Company C will have to directly come under the NOFHC and Company A, Company B and Company C cannot make investment in equity / debt capital instruments amongst themselves. [Paragraph 2 (I) (iv) (b) of the guidelines]. The guidelines also provide that while this is the requirement, banks would not be precluded from having a subsidiary or joint venture or Associate where it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI [para 2 (C) (vi)]. As regards other financial sector entities held by the NOFHC, those would not be precluded, with RBI’s approval, from setting up similar structures where it is legally required or specifically required by the concerned financial sector regulators. (ii) For the purpose of these guidelines, entities registered as brokers with the Forward Markets Commission will not be treated as financial services entities regulated by a financial sector regulator, and therefore would not be required to be held by the NOFHC.
A.(i) & (ii) The general principle in this regard is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring, etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as asset management, insurance, stock broking, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]. (iii) Investment advisory services, could be conducted both from within the bank or outside the bank, by any financial services company in the group (which is held under the NOFHC) that is eligible to register with SEBI as an investment advisor. Regarding portfolio management services, these activities could be carried out by a bank departmentally subject to prior approval of RBI or by any financial services company (which is held under the NOFHC) eligible to provide PMS under SEBI PMS regulations.
A. The general principle is that para-banking activities, such as credit cards, primary dealer, leasing, hire purchase, factoring etc., can be conducted either inside the bank departmentally or outside the bank through subsidiary/ joint venture /associate. Activities such as insurance, stock broking, asset management, asset reconstruction, venture capital funding and infrastructure financing through Infrastructure Development Fund (IDF) sponsored by the bank can be undertaken only outside the bank. Lending activities must be conducted from inside the bank. However, other regulated financial services entities (excluding entities engaged in credit rating and commodity broking) in which the Promoter/Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC and not under the bank unless it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines]. The merchant banking activities can be conducted from within the bank or outside the bank under the NOFHC. [para 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines].
A. The NBFCs must transfer their existing business to the bank if the bank can undertake such activities [Paragraph 2 (C) (iv) of the guidelines] and retain with itself the activities which the bank cannot undertake from within. Both the bank and the NBFC, if required to retain with itself the activities which the bank cannot undertake, will have to come under the NOFHC. The reorganisation of business should be done within a period of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of the banking business, whichever is earlier.
The stipulation that the NOFHC shall not be permitted to set up any new financial services entity for at least three years from the date of commencement of business of NOFHC means that the NOFHC cannot undertake a new financial service activity [para banking activities as defined in Master circular DBOD.No.FSD.BC.24/24.01.001/2012-13 dated July 2, 2012 and those financial services activities that must be undertaken from outside the bank (para 2 (C) (iv) (a)] and set up a new financial services entity for this purpose during the specified period. For the purpose of reorganisation of existing business of the Promoter Group to bring all regulated financial services under the NOFHC and to carry out existing business through separate financial entities under the NOFHC as r
The stipulation that the NOFHC shall not be permitted to set up any new financial services entity for at least three years from the date of commencement of business of NOFHC means that the NOFHC cannot undertake a new financial service activity [para banking activities as defined in Master circular DBOD.No.FSD.BC.24/24.01.001/2012-13 dated July 2, 2012 and those financial services activities that must be undertaken from outside the bank (para 2 (C) (iv) (a)] and set up a new financial services entity for this purpose during the specified period. For the purpose of reorganisation of existing business of the Promoter Group to bring all regulated financial services under the NOFHC and to carry out existing business through separate financial entities under the NOFHC as required under the guidelines, [Paragraph 2 (C) (iv) (a) & (b) of the guidelines], the NOFHC would be free to establish new financial services entities. In fact this process will have to be completed within a period of 18 month from the date of in-principle approval or before commencement of the banking business, whichever is earlier. The stipulation at paragraph 2 (C) (vi) of the guidelines pertains to new financial services entities that are intended to be set up and these guidelines would be applicable to all acquisitions.
A. (i) & (ii) No. It would not be possible to list the NOFHC as it would have to be wholly owned by the Promoters / Promoter Group. Further, any change in shareholding (by the Promoter Group) within the NOFHC as a result of which a shareholder (within the Promoter Group) acquires 5 per cent or more of the voting equity capital of the NOFHC shall be with the prior approval of RBI. [paragraph 2 (C) (ix) of the guidelines]
No. Shares of the NOFHC shall not be transferred to any entity outside the Promoter Group. Any change in shareholding (by the Promoter Group) with in the NOFHC as a result of which a shareholder acquires 5 per cent or more of the voting equity capital of the NOFHC shall be with the prior approval of RBI. [para 2(C)(ix) of the guidelines ]
No. Shares of the NOFHC shall not be transferred to any entity outside the Promoter Group. Any change in shareholding (by the Promoter Group) with in the NOFHC as a result of which a shareholder acquires 5 per cent or more of the voting equity capital of the NOFHC shall be with the prior approval of RBI. [para 2(C)(ix) of the guidelines ]
A. Yes. The NOFHC shall hold the bank as well as all the other regulated financial services entities of the Group in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23). [para 2(C)(iii) & (vii)]. However, this does not preclude the bank from having a subsidiary or joint venture or associate where it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI [para 2(C)(vi) of the guidelines].
A. (i),(ii) & (iii) There could be common directors in the NOFHC and the bank. [para 2(G)(i) of the guidelines]. A director of the NOFHC being also a director on the Board of the bank held by it cannot be considered as independent director of the bank. Whether the other financial entities held by the NOFHC have common independent directors with the NOFHC and the bank will depend upon the circumstances of each case and the rules / regulations of the concerned regulators. A full time executive of the non-operating holding company cannot be a CEO, MD or Executive Director of either the bank or the NOFHC. As per Section 10(1) (c) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the CEO / MD of the bank has to be in full time employment of the bank. However, a full time executive of the non-operating holding company can be a director of both the NOFHC and the bank but such director will not be treated as an independent director of the bank or the NOFHC. No. [Paragraph 2 (G) (ii) of the guidelines]. No. [Section 10(1) (c) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949] No. [Please see (a) & (b) above] Yes. Yes. [Subject to compliance with Banking Regulation Act, 1949 provisions and RBI regulations]. Yes. [Please see (e) above].
A. The stipulation with regard to major customers / suppliers in paragraph 2(G)(iv) of the guidelines, as explained in the footnote therein, refers to 10 per cent or more of the annual purchases or sales of goods and services or both taken together.
A. Foreign shareholding in the new banks, as far the FDI cap is concerned, should be in compliance with paragraph 2 (F) of the guidelines. The manner in which the foreign shareholding in the bank will be calculated would be as per the extant GOI guidelines indicated in the Press Notes and DIPP guidelines/ FEMA regulations, as and when issued.
A. The reserves created under the Companies Act can be considered as part of the 25 per cent of the NOFHC’s annual profits transferred to the Reserve Fund. [Paragraph 2 (H)(i) (d) of the guidelines].
The Promoter / Promoter Group entities / individuals associated with Promoter Group shall hold equity investment in the bank and other financial entities held by it, only through the NOFHC [Paragraph 2 (C) viii of the guidelines]. However, there is no bar on the Promoter Group entities advancing funds (other than equity) to the bank. The Promoter Group entities would have to follow the guidelines / instructions of the respective regulators in order to advance funds to the financial entities held by the NOFHC. As far as Promoter Group entities placing deposits with the bank or extending advances to it is concerned, the bank shall maintain arm’s length relationship with Promoters / Promoter Group entities [Paragraph 2 (K) (iv) of the guidelines].
The Promoter / Promoter Group entities / individuals associated with Promoter Group shall hold equity investment in the bank and other financial entities held by it, only through the NOFHC [Paragraph 2 (C) viii of the guidelines]. However, there is no bar on the Promoter Group entities advancing funds (other than equity) to the bank. The Promoter Group entities would have to follow the guidelines / instructions of the respective regulators in order to advance funds to the financial entities held by the NOFHC. As far as Promoter Group entities placing deposits with the bank or extending advances to it is concerned, the bank shall maintain arm’s length relationship with Promoters / Promoter Group entities [Paragraph 2 (K) (iv) of the guidelines].
A. The bank’s credit and investment (other than equity / debt capital instruments of the NOFHC and financial sector entities held under the NOFHC, on which exposure cannot be taken) exposure to financial entities under the NOFHC will be subject to intra group transactions and exposure (ITE) norms [para 2(I)(iii)(c) of the guidelines]. As regards exposure of entities regulated by other financial sector regulators, to the bank and other entities held under NOFHC, such exposures would be in accordance with the rules/regulations of the respective sectoral regulators.
A. At the time of submission of application for the bank licence, the Promoters have to indicate the source of funds. After obtaining the in-principle approval from RBI, the NOFHC may be incorporated and the capital may be mobilised, as required within 18 months from the date of in principle approval and before the commencement of banking business, whichever is earlier.
The assessment of the ‘financial soundness’ and ‘successful track record’ is a matter of judgment, and will have to be determined both on quantitative and qualitative basis; and no specific yardstick/criteria can be spelt out. In making this judgment, consideration will also have to be given to information obtained from the regulators, and enforcement and investigative agencies like Income Tax, CBI, Enforcement Directorate, etc. wherever considered appropriate. Further, the applications received will be subjected to a multi-layered evaluation process, including the High Level Advisory Committee (HLAC). [Paragraph 2(B) of the guidelines]
The assessment of the ‘financial soundness’ and ‘successful track record’ is a matter of judgment, and will have to be determined both on quantitative and qualitative basis; and no specific yardstick/criteria can be spelt out. In making this judgment, consideration will also have to be given to information obtained from the regulators, and enforcement and investigative agencies like Income Tax, CBI, Enforcement Directorate, etc. wherever considered appropriate. Further, the applications received will be subjected to a multi-layered evaluation process, including the High Level Advisory Committee (HLAC). [Paragraph 2(B) of the guidelines]
A. For applying the yardstick / criteria of ‘financial soundness’ and ‘successful track record’, RBI would consider all the businesses / activities of the Promoters / Promoter Group as considered appropriate. [Paragraph 2(B) of the guidelines]
A. The ‘Fit and Proper criteria’, as stipulated at paragraph 2(A) & (B) of the guidelines will be determined based upon the past record and the future plan. No threshold has been prescribed for business misaligned with the banking model.
A. The requirement of the NOFHC is for both financial groups and for corporate groups having a mix of both non–financial and financial services businesses. [Paragraph 2 (C) of the guidelines]
A. The provisions of para 2 (C) (ii) of the guidelines will not apply to entities in the public sector. All the other provisions of the guidelines will apply to the entities in the public sector that promote the NOFHC / bank.
A. Two or more different Promoter groups cannot jointly promote a bank. The NOFHC setting up a bank has to be wholly-owned by a single Promoter Group. Entities other than the Promoters / Promoter Group can hold voting shares in the bank subject to the limitations indicated in Paragraph 2 (K) (ii) and (iii) of the guidelines.
The corporate structure of the NOFHC as given in paragraphs 2 (C) (i), (ii) & (iii) will have to be fully met. The requirement is that the NOFHC has to be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group. Further, at least 51 percent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC have to be held by companies in the Promoter Group in which public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity of those companies. [Paragraph 2 (C) (i) & (ii) of the guidelines] If an existing Promoter Group company including a core investment company of the Group satisfies the above criteria, it can be the NOFHC.
The corporate structure of the NOFHC as given in paragraphs 2 (C) (i), (ii) & (iii) will have to be fully met. The requirement is that the NOFHC has to be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group. Further, at least 51 percent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC have to be held by companies in the Promoter Group in which public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity of those companies. [Paragraph 2 (C) (i) & (ii) of the guidelines] If an existing Promoter Group company including a core investment company of the Group satisfies the above criteria, it can be the NOFHC.
A. All the shareholders mentioned above will be treated as ‘public’ shareholders in both unlisted and listed entities, provided that no individual shareholder along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and/or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, or acting in concert with other shareholders exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company. [Paragraph 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines]
A. Companies belonging to the Promoter Group in which the public shareholding is not less than 51 per cent must hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC. These companies can be listed or unlisted, but in either case, ‘public shareholding’ requires that no person along with his relatives (as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act, 1956) and entities in which he and/or his relatives hold not less than 50 per cent of the voting equity shares, or acting in concert with other shareholders exercises ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) over the company. [Paragraph 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines]
A. The requirement is that the NOFHC shall hold the bank as well as all the other existing regulated financial services entities of the Group in which the Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23). [Paragraph 2(C)(iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]. If the entity in the Promoter Group carrying out regulated financial services activity discontinues such activity it will have to be necessarily outside the purview of the NOFHC. However, it has to discontinue the regulated financial sector activity within a period of 18 months from the date of grant of in-principle approval to set up the bank or before the date of issue of licence, whichever is earlier.
A. (i)A foreign subsidiary can be set up by a financial services entity already under the NOFHC framework provided the setting up of such an entity is necessary under the regulation in that foreign jurisdiction. (ii) The setting up of a new entity under the NOFHC as a part of the restructuring of the business of the Promoter group would be permitted subject to compliance with the guidelines at paragraph 2C (vii) of the guidelines. (iii) A new financial services entity can be set up under the NOFHC if required by a specific regulatory requirement. Prior permission of the RBI will be necessary for setting up of such new entities, under the NOFHC.
A. Shares of the NOFHC shall not be transferred to any entity outside the Promoter Group. Any change in shareholding (by the Promoter Group) within the NOFHC as a result of which a shareholder acquires 5 per cent or more of the voting equity capital of the NOFHC shall be with the prior approval of RBI. [Paragraph 2 (C) (ix) of the guidelines] RBI approval will be required for any acquisitions / transfers of voting equity capital resulting in shareholding of 5 per cent or above by an individual / entity / group / Persons acting in concert.
No. Shareholding in Promoter Group entity holding shares in NOFHC will not be treated as ‘indirect’ shareholding in the bank. It may be mentioned here that the Promoters / Promoter Group entities / individuals associated with Promoter Group shall hold equity investment in the bank and other financial entities held by the NOFHC, only through the NOFHC [Paragraph 2 (C) (viii) of the guidelines]
No. Shareholding in Promoter Group entity holding shares in NOFHC will not be treated as ‘indirect’ shareholding in the bank. It may be mentioned here that the Promoters / Promoter Group entities / individuals associated with Promoter Group shall hold equity investment in the bank and other financial entities held by the NOFHC, only through the NOFHC [Paragraph 2 (C) (viii) of the guidelines]
A. All regulated financial sector entities in which a Promoter Group has significant influence or control (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) will be held under the NOFHC, including the overseas financial entities. However, this would not preclude the bank or any other financial services entity held under the NOFHC from having a subsidiary or joint venture or associate where it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI and other financial sector regulators. [Paragraph 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]
A. The requirement is that the NOFHC has to be wholly owned by the Promoters/Promoter Group. [Paragraph 2 (C) (i) of the guidelines] Further, at least 51 percent of the voting equity shares of the NOFHC have to be held by companies in the Promoter Group in which public hold not less than 51 percent of the voting equity of those companies. [Paragraph 2(C)(i) & (ii) of the guidelines] Therefore, the listed NBFC cannot be converted into an NOFHC and promote the bank. No exemption can be granted for the purpose.
A. The NOFHC will be required to hold only regulated financial services entities. The bank will be permitted to have a subsidiary or joint venture or associate, only where it is legally required or specifically permitted by RBI [Paragraph 2(C)(vi) of the guidelines]. Banks however, are not permitted to have staffing subsidiaries.
A. The Promoters/ Promoter Group would be permitted to set up a bank only through a wholly owned NOFHC as per the corporate structure envisaged in paragraph 2(C) of the guidelines. The NOFHC shall hold the bank as well as all the other financial services entities of the Group regulated by RBI or other financial sector regulators in which the Promoters/ Promoter Group have ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) [Paragraph 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines]. Further, the general principle is that no financial services entity held by the NOFHC would be allowed to engage in any activity that a bank is permitted to undertake departmentally [Paragraph 2(C)(iv) of the guidelines]. It is clarified that all lending activities in the group must be conducted from inside the bank.
If the FI is a private sector entity, then it has to comply with the corporate structure prescribed at paragraph 2(C)(ii) of the guidelines. If the FI is a public sector entity, provisions of the paragraph 2(C)(ii) of the guidelines will not be applicable, though the entity has to set up a NOFHC for holding the bank. In either case, the activities that can be conducted by a bank have to be transferred to the bank and the regulated financial services activities which a bank cannot undertake have to be transferred to a separate subsidiary or subsidiaries under the NOFHC.[para 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]
If the FI is a private sector entity, then it has to comply with the corporate structure prescribed at paragraph 2(C)(ii) of the guidelines. If the FI is a public sector entity, provisions of the paragraph 2(C)(ii) of the guidelines will not be applicable, though the entity has to set up a NOFHC for holding the bank. In either case, the activities that can be conducted by a bank have to be transferred to the bank and the regulated financial services activities which a bank cannot undertake have to be transferred to a separate subsidiary or subsidiaries under the NOFHC.[para 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]
If the FI is a private sector entity, then it has to comply with the corporate structure prescribed at paragraph 2(C)(ii) of the guidelines. If the FI is a public sector entity, provisions of the paragraph 2(C)(ii) of the guidelines will not be applicable, though the entity has to set up a NOFHC for holding the bank. In either case, the activities that can be conducted by a bank have to be transferred to the bank and the regulated financial services activities which a bank cannot undertake have to be transferred to a separate subsidiary or subsidiaries under the NOFHC.[para 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]
If the FI is a private sector entity, then it has to comply with the corporate structure prescribed at paragraph 2(C)(ii) of the guidelines. If the FI is a public sector entity, provisions of the paragraph 2(C)(ii) of the guidelines will not be applicable, though the entity has to set up a NOFHC for holding the bank. In either case, the activities that can be conducted by a bank have to be transferred to the bank and the regulated financial services activities which a bank cannot undertake have to be transferred to a separate subsidiary or subsidiaries under the NOFHC.[para 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines]
The shares of NOFHC can be held by individuals, corporate entities and companies belonging to the Promoter Group. A trust does not fall under either of these categories. Therefore, a public charitable trust or an employee welfare trust cannot hold voting equity shares directly in the NOFHC but can hold indirectly through a company which holds equity shares of the NOFHC. If the Promoters have control over the trust, the trusts will not be treated as ‘public’ for the purpose of computing ‘public shareholding’ in companies which would hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity of the NOFHC. [Paragraph 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines]
The shares of NOFHC can be held by individuals, corporate entities and companies belonging to the Promoter Group. A trust does not fall under either of these categories. Therefore, a public charitable trust or an employee welfare trust cannot hold voting equity shares directly in the NOFHC but can hold indirectly through a company which holds equity shares of the NOFHC. If the Promoters have control over the trust, the trusts will not be treated as ‘public’ for the purpose of computing ‘public shareholding’ in companies which would hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity of the NOFHC. [Paragraph 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines]
The shares of NOFHC can be held by individuals, corporate entities and companies belonging to the Promoter Group. A trust does not fall under either of these categories. Therefore, a public charitable trust or an employee welfare trust cannot hold voting equity shares directly in the NOFHC but can hold indirectly through a company which holds equity shares of the NOFHC. If the Promoters have control over the trust, the trusts will not be treated as ‘public’ for the purpose of computing ‘public shareholding’ in companies which would hold not less than 51 per cent of the voting equity of the NOFHC. [Paragraph 2(C)(ii)(b) of the guidelines]
A CIC of the Promoter Group will be eligible to hold the voting equity shares of NOFHC. Alternately, a CIC of the Promoter Group may also become a NOFHC. However, under both the options, the corporate structure of the NOFHC must comply with requirements at para 2 (C) of the guidelines, and the new bank and the regulated financial sector entities in which Promoter Groups have ‘significant influence’ and ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC. [Paragraph 2(C)(iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]
A CIC of the Promoter Group will be eligible to hold the voting equity shares of NOFHC. Alternately, a CIC of the Promoter Group may also become a NOFHC. However, under both the options, the corporate structure of the NOFHC must comply with requirements at para 2 (C) of the guidelines, and the new bank and the regulated financial sector entities in which Promoter Groups have ‘significant influence’ and ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23) have to be held under the NOFHC. [Paragraph 2(C)(iii) & (vii) of the guidelines]
A. Post setting up the bank, if the promoters wish to enter into new financial business such as insurance, asset management, they have to set up new subsidiaries under the NOFHC; not under the bank. This would not preclude the bank from setting up a subsidiary, if there is a legal requirement or requirement of the concerned financial sector regulator, subject to RBI approval. However, the NOFHC shall not be permitted to set up any new financial services entity for at least three years from the date of commencement of its business. [para 2(C)(vi) of the guidelines]
A. The NOFHC shall hold the bank as well as other financial services entities of the Promoter Group regulated by RBI or other financial sector regulators [para 2(C)(iii) of the guidelines]. Accordingly, the NOFHC will replace bank/NBFC as sponsor of IDF and contribute a minimum equity of 30 percent and maximum equity of 49 percent of the IDF-NBFC. (Please refer RBI circulars DBOD.FSD BC No 57/24.01.006 dated November 21, 2011 and DNBS. PD. CC. No 249/03.02.089 dated November 21, 2011).
A. (a & b) Since the NOFHC shall hold the bank as well as other financial services entities of the Promoter Group, regulated by RBI or other financial sector regulators [Paragraph 2 (C) (iii) of the guidelines], the bank held under NOFHC will not be permitted to hold the equity shares of an Asset Finance Company (AFC) held under the same NOFHC. Therefore, the bank cannot have 50 per cent equity investment in Company A, unless required by law or specially permitted by RBI and concerned financial sector regulator. Subject to the above, the investment in Company A has to be held by the NOFHC.
A. Yes, all regulated financial services activities, in which a Promoter Group has ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ (as defined in Accounting Standard 23), whether presently regulated or regulated in the future, will need to be under the NOFHC, when so regulated. [Paragraph 2(C)(vii) of the guidelines]
A. The assets and liabilities for the purpose of transfer from one entity to another under restructuring of the existing business may be valued as per the relevant provisions of the applicable laws.
A. No. The restriction on setting up of new financial services entity within the first three years would not apply to restructuring of the existing business / demergers or any other restructuring of existing business mandated by the sectoral regulators. This will have to be undertaken with RBI’s approval.
A. The public shareholders (i.e. other than the Promoters/Promoter Group entities/individuals associated with the Promoter Group) of the company promoting the NOFHC are permitted to hold equity investments in the bank and other financial entities held by the NOFHC directly. [Paragraph 2(C)(viii) of the guidelines]
For the purpose of ensuring that minimum 51 per cent voting equity shareholding in the NOFHC are held by the companies in which public hold not less than 51 per cent, any convertible instruments held by the promoters, whether compulsorily or optionally convertible into voting equity shares, will be considered as voting equity shares.
For the purpose of ensuring that minimum 51 per cent voting equity shareholding in the NOFHC are held by the companies in which public hold not less than 51 per cent, any convertible instruments held by the promoters, whether compulsorily or optionally convertible into voting equity shares, will be considered as voting equity shares.
A. Non-voting capital will not be reckoned for the purposes of calculation of promoter shareholding in the NOFHC. The non-voting capital in the NOFHC will be counted towards meeting prudential norms if it meets the eligibility criteria for inclusion in the regulatory capital as laid down in the guidelines on Basel III Capital Regulation issued vide circular DBOD.No.BP.BC.98/21/06.201/2011-12 dated May 2, 2012. [Paragraph 2 (D) of the guidelines]
A. The minimum capital required for the bank is ` 5 billion, and the NOFHC is initially required to have atleast 40 per cent shareholding in the bank. The minimum capital of the NOFHC should be such as to meet the above requirements as well as the requirement of holding prescribed capital in other financial sector entities held by the NOFHC as per the norms laid down by the financial sector regulators.[Paragraph 2(D) of the guidelines]
A. As stated in Paragraph 2 (D) (i), the initial minimum paid up voting equity capital for a bank shall be ` 5 billion. Any additional voting equity capital to be brought in will depend on the business plan of the Promoters. They can bring in any amount of capital over and above the minimum required to support the business plan and the capital raising programmes would be subject to approvals as indicated in RBI circular dated April 20, 2010 on issue and pricing of shares by private sector banks. Further, the capital raising programmes should be in compliance with stipulations mentioned in Paragraphs 2 (D) (ii) to (v), 2 (F), 2 (K) (ii), (iii) and (x) of the guidelines.
A. No. The initial minimum capitalization of the bank should be paid-up voting equity capital of ` 5 billion.
A. Yes, apart from public issue and private placement, other methodologies, such as sale of shares can also be resorted to for achieving dilution of shareholding in the bank. [Paragraph 2 (D) of the guidelines]
A. The capital requirements for the regulated financial services entities held by the NOFHC shall be as prescribed by the respective sectoral regulators. Prior permission from RBI would be required for the NOFHC to infuse funds/capital in any financial services entity held under it, which is regulated by any other financial sectoral regulator. The objective of such approval from RBI would be to ensure that all the entities including the bank on stand-alone basis as well as the consolidated bank meet the minimum capital adequacy requirement.
A. Yes, subject to compliance with paragraph 2(D)(iii) and (iv) of the guidelines. However, sale of NOFHC shares in the bank resulting in the acquisition of shares at 5 per cent or more of the bank by any person directly or indirectly would require prior approval of RBI.
A. Yes, provided the minimum shareholding by the NOFHC in the bank as prescribed is maintained at all times.
A. The bank may issue ESOPs to its employees as per its own policy and in compliance with guidelines issued by SEBI.
Non-voting shares are outside the purview of the guidelines, but subject to relevant laws and SEBI regulations wherever applicable.
Non-voting shares are outside the purview of the guidelines, but subject to relevant laws and SEBI regulations wherever applicable.
The NOFHC guidelines will be issued shortly.
The NOFHC guidelines will be issued shortly.
The NOFHC guidelines will be issued shortly.
The NOFHC guidelines will be issued shortly.
The NOFHC guidelines will be issued shortly.
The NOFHC guidelines will be issued shortly.
A. Indirect shareholding would be as defined in Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) Press Note 2, 3 and 4 of 2009 / FEMA Regulations as amended from time to time. [Paragraph 2 (F) of the guidelines]
A. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Group will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (A) (B) and (C) (iii) of the guidelines within a period of 18 months.
A. The foreign shareholding in the bank will be calculated as per the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) Press Notes 2, 3 and 4 of 2009 / FEMA Regulations as amended from time to time. Therefore, the indirect foreign shareholding will be calculated as per the methodology enumerated in DIPP Press Notes 2, 3 and 4 of 2009 / FEMA Regulations as amended from time to time. [Paragraph 2(F) of the guidelines]. As the Promoter Group companies that would set up the NOFHC would be ‘owned and controlled by residents’, their downstream investment in the NOFHC and further in the bank will not be counted towards foreign indirect investment.
A. Yes. A foreign company, which is controlled by a foreign bank or a foreign bank having significant influence in such a company, can hold shares in a private Indian bank. Further, there would be no difference, if such foreign bank also has its branches in India. However, no non-resident shareholder, directly or indirectly, individually or in groups, or through subsidiary, associate or joint venture will be permitted to hold 5 per cent or more of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank for a period of 5 years from the date of commencement of business of the bank (Paragraph 2(F) of the guidelines). The equity holding of the foreign bank in the new bank would also be subject to extant guidelines on cross-holding among banks.
A. No non-resident shareholder, directly or indirectly, individually or in groups, or through subsidiary, associate or joint venture will be permitted to hold 5 percent or more of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank for a period of 5 years from the date of commencement of the business of the bank. For the purpose of computing this limit, proportionate theory will not be adopted. [Paragraph 2(F) of the guidelines]
As the NOFHC will be wholly owned by entities/Groups that are ‘owned and controlled by residents’ [as defined in the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) Press Notes 2, 3 and 4 of 2009/FEMA Regulations as emended from time to time], the foreign investment through these companies would not be considered for computation of foreign investment in the bank held under the NOFHC. [Paragraph 2(F) of the guidelines]
As the NOFHC will be wholly owned by entities/Groups that are ‘owned and controlled by residents’ [as defined in the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) Press Notes 2, 3 and 4 of 2009/FEMA Regulations as emended from time to time], the foreign investment through these companies would not be considered for computation of foreign investment in the bank held under the NOFHC. [Paragraph 2(F) of the guidelines]
A. Yes. NRI investment under schedule 4 of FEMA 20 (on a non-repatriation basis) is counted towards the 49 per cent cap.
A. There is no bar on having eligible individuals who are non resident Indians or foreign nationals on the Boards of the NOFHC and the bank. [Paragraph 2 (G) (vii) of the guidelines]
The NOFHC has to be managed by a person who is in whole-time employment and he / she cannot be a director in any other company (other than the bank or a subsidiary of the NOFHC or a Section 25 company) and is not engaged in any other business or vocation. [Paragraph 2(G)(ii)(a) and (b) of the guidelines]. Ownership and management shall be separate and distinct in the NOFHC, the bank and entities regulated by RBI. [Paragraph 2(G) (vii) of the guidelines]
The NOFHC has to be managed by a person who is in whole-time employment and he / she cannot be a director in any other company (other than the bank or a subsidiary of the NOFHC or a Section 25 company) and is not engaged in any other business or vocation. [Paragraph 2(G)(ii)(a) and (b) of the guidelines]. Ownership and management shall be separate and distinct in the NOFHC, the bank and entities regulated by RBI. [Paragraph 2(G) (vii) of the guidelines]
A. There is no bar on having eligible individuals who are non resident Indians or foreign nationals as executives of the NOFHC and the bank. However, executives such as MD / CEO, COO, CFO & CRO, etc. who are full time employees will have to be resident in India. Appointment of Chairman and MD/CEO of the bank will have to be with the prior approval of RBI as per section 35B of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949. [Paragraph 2 (G) (vii) of the guidelines] and RBI Press Release 2005-2006/142 dated August 2, 2005.
Person in this clause refers to a person who is the Chief Executive Officer or whatever name called, of the NOFHC, who manages the NOFHC on a whole time basis and is not a director in any other company (other than the bank or a subsidiary of the NOFHC or a Section 25 company) and is not engaged in any other business or vocation.
Person in this clause refers to a person who is the Chief Executive Officer or whatever name called, of the NOFHC, who manages the NOFHC on a whole time basis and is not a director in any other company (other than the bank or a subsidiary of the NOFHC or a Section 25 company) and is not engaged in any other business or vocation.
A. NOFHC should maintain capital adequacy and other requirements on a consolidated basis based on the prudential guidelines on Capital Adequacy and Market Discipline – New Capital Adequacy Framework (NCAF) issued under Basel II framework and Guidelines on Implementation of Basel III Capital Regulations in India [Paragraph 2(H)(iii) (a) of the guidelines].
A. Yes. Subject to a leverage of 1.25 times of paid up equity capital and free reserves, NOFHC can have borrowings from entities both within the Promoter Group and outside the Group [Paragraph 2(H)(i)(g) of the guidelines] .
A. The business plan can be submitted in any format. [Paragraph 2 (J) of the guidelines]
A. RBI approval will be required for acquisitions / transfers every time the shareholding reaches 5 per cent threshold or above. [Paragraph 2 (K) (ii) of the guidelines]
No. For the purpose of paragraphs 2(K)(ii) and 2 (K)(iii) of the guidelines, both direct and indirect shareholding will be considered. The indirect shareholding would mean the shareholding in the bank through entities in which a person holds ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ as defined in Accounting Standard 23.
No. For the purpose of paragraphs 2(K)(ii) and 2 (K)(iii) of the guidelines, both direct and indirect shareholding will be considered. The indirect shareholding would mean the shareholding in the bank through entities in which a person holds ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ as defined in Accounting Standard 23.
No. For the purpose of paragraphs 2(K)(ii) and 2 (K)(iii) of the guidelines, both direct and indirect shareholding will be considered. The indirect shareholding would mean the shareholding in the bank through entities in which a person holds ‘significant influence’ or ‘control’ as defined in Accounting Standard 23.
The entities/individuals belonging to the Promoters/Promoter Groups, which would participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC, would have to provide the Memorandum and Articles of Association, financial statements for past ten years and Income Tax returns for last three years, as appropriate, at the time of submission of their application. The last available financial statements in respect of other Group entities, which do not participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC will also have to be furnished. The details of the Promoters’ direct and indirect interest in various entities/companies/industries and details of credit/other facilities availed by the Promoters/Promoter Group would be required of all entities. [Paragraph 3 of Annex II to the guidelines]. Information as above would also be required to be furnished by an individual / entity / group proposing to acquire, in aggregate, 5 per cent or more of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank, while seeking prior approval of RBI. [Paragraph 2 (K) (ii) of the guidelines]
The entities/individuals belonging to the Promoters/Promoter Groups, which would participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC, would have to provide the Memorandum and Articles of Association, financial statements for past ten years and Income Tax returns for last three years, as appropriate, at the time of submission of their application. The last available financial statements in respect of other Group entities, which do not participate in the voting equity shares of the NOFHC will also have to be furnished. The details of the Promoters’ direct and indirect interest in various entities/companies/industries and details of credit/other facilities availed by the Promoters/Promoter Group would be required of all entities. [Paragraph 3 of Annex II to the guidelines]. Information as above would also be required to be furnished by an individual / entity / group proposing to acquire, in aggregate, 5 per cent or more of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank, while seeking prior approval of RBI. [Paragraph 2 (K) (ii) of the guidelines]
A. The bank would be required to open at least25 per cent of its branches in unbanked rural centres [Paragraph 2 (K) (vii) of the guidelines]. This would mean that out of the total number of branches, the bank opens in the first year of operation by setting up new branches and by converting the existing branches of NBFCs into bank branches as permitted by RBI [paragraph 2 (L) of the guidelines], 25 per cent of branches have to be in unbanked rural centres. This rule would apply in every subsequent year.
It is clarified that as per the extant policy no single entity or group of related entities, other than the NOFHC, shall have shareholding or control, directly or indirectly, in excess of 10 per cent of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank. In the context of the amendments to the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the issue of raising the voting rights from 10 per cent to 26 per cent in phases will be considered as and when necessary and will be notified separately. [Paragraph 2 (K) (iii) of the guidelines]
It is clarified that as per the extant policy no single entity or group of related entities, other than the NOFHC, shall have shareholding or control, directly or indirectly, in excess of 10 per cent of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank. In the context of the amendments to the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the issue of raising the voting rights from 10 per cent to 26 per cent in phases will be considered as and when necessary and will be notified separately. [Paragraph 2 (K) (iii) of the guidelines]
No. The Business Correspondents (BCs) by definition are banks’ agents, and not their employees.
No. The Business Correspondents (BCs) by definition are banks’ agents, and not their employees.
The Promoters/Promoter Groups of banks may draw up their plan for financial inclusion, by adopting BC/ICT model, in addition to the branches. The new bank may undertake door step banking to the extent and in the manner provided in the guidelines issued vide RBI circulars DBOD. No.BL.BC.59/22/22.01.010/2006-207 dated February 21, 2007 and DBOD. No. BL. BC.99/22.01.010/2006-07 dated May 24, 2007.
The Promoters/Promoter Groups of banks may draw up their plan for financial inclusion, by adopting BC/ICT model, in addition to the branches. The new bank may undertake door step banking to the extent and in the manner provided in the guidelines issued vide RBI circulars DBOD. No.BL.BC.59/22/22.01.010/2006-207 dated February 21, 2007 and DBOD. No. BL. BC.99/22.01.010/2006-07 dated May 24, 2007.
A. Yes. The Promoters/Promoter Group of a housing finance company(HFC) regulated by NHB desiring to promote a bank or convert the HFC into a bank will have to comply with the additional conditions stipulated at paragraph 2(L) of the guidelines.
The bank shall have initial voting equity shares of ` 5 billion. For this purpose, the amount in the share/securities premium account will not be counted. However, in case of conversion of an NBFC into a bank, the bank shall have at all times a minimum networth of ` 5 billion. [Paragraph 2(D)(i) and 2(L)(b)&(c) of the guidelines]
The bank shall have initial voting equity shares of ` 5 billion. For this purpose, the amount in the share/securities premium account will not be counted. However, in case of conversion of an NBFC into a bank, the bank shall have at all times a minimum networth of ` 5 billion. [Paragraph 2(D)(i) and 2(L)(b)&(c) of the guidelines]
The bank shall have initial voting equity shares of ` 5 billion. For this purpose, the amount in the share/securities premium account will not be counted. However, in case of conversion of an NBFC into a bank, the bank shall have at all times a minimum networth of ` 5 billion. [Paragraph 2(D)(i) and 2(L)(b)&(c) of the guidelines]
A. There is no predetermined number. RBI will be very selective while considering the applications for new bank licences. It will look for very high quality applications. It may, therefore, not be possible to issue licence to all the applicants meeting the eligibility criteria. [Paragraph 4(ii) of the guidelines]
A. As indicated in the guidelines, applications for licences will be received upto July 1, 2013. Thereafter, a detailed due diligence process has to be undertaken, and after completion of all processes mentioned at paragraph 4(iii) to (v) of the guidelines, in-principle approvals will be granted. It will not be possible to indicate the timeline for grant of in-principle approvals at this stage.
A. After the in-principle approval is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the Promoters/Promoter Group have to set up the NOFHC and the bank within 18 months from the date of in-principle approval and the bank has to commence banking business within this period after obtaining the banking licence from RBI under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, and letter of authorization for opening branches, under Section 23 of the Act, ibid.
A. The definition of Promoter / Promoter Group is given in Annex I to the guidelines. Accordingly, key managerial personnel of any entity of the Promoter Group will not be treated as part of the Promoter Group, unless they fit in the definition as at Annex 1 of the guidelines.
A. The definition of the term ‘individuals associated with the Promoter Group’ referred to in para 2(I)(iii) of the guidelines will be guided by the principles underlying the provisions of Section 20 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.
The term ‘effective control’ means any arrangement whether in the form of shareholding or agreement or otherwise, which enables exercise of control.
The term ‘effective control’ means any arrangement whether in the form of shareholding or agreement or otherwise, which enables exercise of control.
A. The applicants should furnish detailed information about the persons/entities, who would subscribe to the voting equity capital (shareholding pattern) of the proposed NOFHC and the bank, including foreign equity participation in the proposed bank. Applications should be supported by detailed information on the background of Promoters, their expertise, track record of business and financial worth, Memorandum and Articles of Association and latest financial statements of the Promoter entities for the past ten years, income tax returns for last three years, details of Promoters’ direct and indirect interests in various entities/companies/industries, details of credit/other facilities availed by the Promoters/ Promoter entity(ies)/ other group entity(ies) alongwith details of the bank’s/ financial institution’s branches where such facilities were / are availed. The Promoters may furnish any other relevant information and documents supporting the applications. Further, the RBI may call for any other additional information, as may be required, in due course. [Paragraph 2 to 4 of Annex II to the guidelines].

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Clarifications on queries relating to regulatory forbearance and transition issues (360-422)

a) CRR and SLR requirements

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

No forbearance for maintenance of CRR and SLR will be granted by RBI, as these are statutory requirement for the banks.

b) Priority Sector Lending (PSL)

As per the current guidelines, the PSL targets (40 per cent of adjusted net bank credit) for the current year (April-March) are computed based on the adjusted net bank credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposures (OBSE) of 31st March of the preceding year (April-March), whichever is higher, and the achievements under the targets are reckoned on the position as on 31st of the succeeding year.

The new banks have to comply with the PSL requirements- targets and sub-targets. For the new banks converted from NBFCs and for new banks that would acquire the loan book from the Group entities (NBFCs), the PSL targets and sub-targets and achievements thereunder would be counted on the entire portfolio after the commencement of business as per the existing instructions. The newly set up banks will have time from the date of grant of in-principle approval to achieve the PSL target.  The amount of time would depend upon the date of commencement of their banking business.

For example, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in February 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by August, 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 37 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target.  In an alternate scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval for setting up of a bank is granted sometime in April, 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by October 2015.  If the bank commences banking business by October 2015, the ANBC base for computation of PSL targets gets shifted to March 31, 2016 (the reference date), and the bank has to achieve the targets by March 31, 2017 ( i.e. 35 months from the date of issue of ‘in-principle’ approval).  In a third scenario, if ‘in-principle’ approval is granted in June 2014, the bank has to commence banking business latest by December 2015. In that case, the bank has to maintain PSL by March 31, 2017 on the ANBC base as of March 31, 2016 (the reference date). In such a scenario about 33 months would be available to the Promoters/Promoter Groups to achieve the PSL target on the existing loan book carried over to the new banks.

c) Prudential/Exposure Norms

No regulatory forbearance would be granted to the new banks in respect of prudential/ exposure norms.

d) Branch Authorization Norms

The guidelines [para 2(L)] lay down the requirement very clearly.

The conversion of existing NBFC branches into bank branches would be automatically permitted for Tier 2 to 6 centres. The number of ultra small branches (USB) and number of branches in Tier 2 to 6 centres, would be as per the business plans of the Promoters/Promoter Group and requirement of the new bank. In the case of Tier 1 centres, conversion would only be allowed with the specific prior approval of the RBI and subject to the existing rules/ methodology applicable to domestic banks regarding opening of branches in these centres, and also subject to maintaining a minimum 25 per cent of the bank branches in unbanked rural centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census) required of all banks as specified in 2(K) of the guidelines. For this purpose, RBI would issue a letter of authorization under Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

In cases of excess NBFC branches in Tier 1 centres, all such branches which would carry out banking business may, with prior RBI approval, be converted into bank branches. The excess over the entitled number of Tier 1 branches would be adjusted against the future entitlements of the new bank within a maximum period of 3 years from the date of commencement of business by the bank. The remaining Tier 1 branches will have to be closed down at the end of three years. The Promoters/Promoter Group have to provide a roadmap in this regard.

e) FDI in the new banks

e) FDI in the new banks

As transfer of assets and liabilities would be a part of the re-organization of the business of the group entities to comply with the provision of our guidelines, more particularly to comply with the NOFHC structure, the new bank would be permitted to grandfather such liabilities till maturity, subject to the following conditions:

  1. The ECB/FCCB liabilities for the purpose of transfer to the new bank should be frozen as on the date of in-principle approval for setting up a new bank;

  2. The liabilities under ECB/FCCB that would be transferred to the new bank together with other forex borrowing should not exceed 50 per cent of its Tier I capital;

  3. In case these borrowings exceed the limit of 50 per cent of Tier I capital due to grandfathering of ECB/FCCB, no further borrowing would be permitted till the aggregate borrowings are brought within the regulatory limit.

  4. In order to protect the interests of the depositors of the new bank, while allowing grandfathering of term borrowings and other secured liabilities taken over from NBFCs, RBI will impose additional capital charge on the new bank, where it would allow creation/ continuation of floating charges on the assets of the new bank.

g) Capital adequacy for the NOFHC

RBI would not provide any time window to comply with the capital requirement at the consolidated level. No regulatory forbearance would be granted in this regard.

h) Tax issues

The matter falls outside the purview of RBI. The tax laws as prescribed by the tax authorities would have to be adhered to.

i) Delay in grant of approvals

In genuine cases of delay in granting approval by regulators / Government, RBI may consider granting extension of time for operationalising the bank.

j) Reorganization of business and transfer of assets and liabilities to the new banks

The receipt of applications for the new bank licence will close on July 1, 2013. At the time of making applications, the Promoters/Promoter Groups will have to furnish a road map and methodologies they would adopt to comply with all the requirements of the corporate structure indicated in para 2 (C)(ii) and (iii) of the guidelines and realign the business between the entities to be held under the NOFHC (para 2(C)(iv) within a period of 18 months. After the ‘in-principle approval’ is accorded by RBI for setting up of a bank, the proposed bank has to start operations within this period. The actual setting up of NOFHC and the bank, re-organization of the Promoter Group entities to bring the regulated financial services entities under the NOFHC as well as realignment of business among the entities under the NOFHC have to be completed during this period. The Promoters/Promoter Group would be issued the banking licence under Section 22 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 for carrying out of banking business by the Reserve Bank of India upon compliance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the ‘in-principle approval’ for setting up of a bank and on completion of the process as mentioned above within the stipulated time frame of 18 months from the date of in-principle approval. 

f) Transfer of ECB and term borrowings/bonds from other entities to banks

Web Content Display (Global)

Install the RBI mobile application and get quick access to the latest news!

Scan Your QR code to Install our app

RbiWasItHelpfulUtility

Page Last Updated on: December 11, 2022

Was this page helpful?